Despite the widespread use of integrative taxonomic approaches, many scleractinian coral genera and species remain grouped in polyphyletic families, classified as incertae sedis or simply understudied. Oculinidae Gray, 1847 represents a family for which many taxonomic questions remain unresolved, particularly those related to some of the current genera, such as Oculina Lamark, 1816 or recently removed genera, including Cladocora Ehrenberg, 1834 and Madrepora Linnaeus, 1758. Cladocora is currently assigned to the family Cladocoridae Milne Edwards & Haime, 1857 and a new family, Bathyporidae Kitahara, Capel, Zilberberg & Cairns, 2024, was recently raised to accommodate Madrepora. However, the name Bathyporidae is not valid because this was not formed on the basis of a type genus name. To resolve taxonomic questions related to these three genera, the evolutionary relationships are explored through phylogenetic analyses of 18 molecular markers. The results of these analyses support a close relationship between the species Oculina patagonica and Cladocora caespitosa, indicating that these may belong to the same family (and possibly genus), and highlighting the need for detailed revisions of Oculina and Cladocora. By contrast, a distant relationship is found between these two species and Madrepora oculata, with the overall evidence supporting the placement of Madrepora in the resurrected family Madreporidae Ehrenberg, 1834. This study advances our knowledge of coral systematics and highlights the need for a comprehensive review of the genera Oculina, Cladocora and Madrepora.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 3

This paper is the second result of the study of large collections of Plumularioidea (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Leptolida), collected in the seas surrounding New Caledonia, in the Philippines and in Indonesian waters by French expeditions. A total of 13 species belonging to the genera Antennella (five species), Cladoplumaria (one species), Halopteris (four species), Monostaechas (two species) and Corhiza (one species) are described or mentioned in the present report; most of which are illustrated. Three new species, Antennella sinuosa n. sp., Antennella megatheca n. sp. And Corhiza pauciarmata n. sp. are described and another, Halopteris concava (Billard, 1911) is recorded for the first time since the original description. Two species, Antennella sp. and Monostaechas sp. are only identified to the genus level.

BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

This publication is the third in a series of accounts on large collections of Plumularioidea McCrady, 1859 (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Hydroidolina) obtained during several French expeditions to the Philippines region, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, and the Marquesas Islands. Additional material from Mozambique was also examined and is discussed. A total of 17 species, belonging to the families Kirchenpaueriidae Stechow, 1921 (two species) and Plumulariidae McCrady, 1859 (15 species), are scrutinized and illustrated in the present report. Three new species of the genus Plumularia Lamarck, 1816 are described (Plumularia bathyale n. sp., Plumularia contraria n. sp., Plumularia pseudocontraria n. sp.). The name Plumularia milsteinae n. nom., is proposed for Plumularia spiralis Milstein 1976, a permanently invalid junior homonym of Plumularia spiralis Billard, 1911. Polyplumaria kossowskae (Billard, 1911) is recorded for the first time since its original description. Two species of Plumularia are identified only to the genus level. Type materials of Plumularia habereri Stechow, 1909 and Dentitheca hertwigi Stechow, 1909, and the syntypes of all varieties of Plumularia habereri described by Billard (1913), have also been examined.

BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004

P. boucheti is closely related to other Perotrochus species from the Indo-West Pacific such as P. africanus Tomlin, 1948, P. teramachii Kuroda, 1955, P. tangaroana Bouchet & Métivier, 1982 and P. westralis (Whitehead, 1987). Consistent differences in colour of teleoconch and base, sculptural pattern of basal disc and selenizone, shape of aperture and proportion of surface area covered by the umbilical region callus pad on basal disc allow separation on specific level. This represents the fourth species of living Perotrochus in the South Pacific.

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Among specimens of sea anemones collected from the tropical western Pacific on cruises under the auspices of the Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD) and the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, are some we identify as Exocoelactis actinostoloides (Wassilieff, 1908). We synonymize under this name the species described as Cymbactis maxima Wassilieff, 1908, and Exocoelactis valdiviae Carlgren, 1928. The first two were described from one specimen each, collected at unspecified depths of Sagami Bay, Japan; the latter was based on five specimens reportedly collected off the coast of East Africa at depths of 741 to 823 m. We examined 23 specimens collected in New Caledonia, the Philippines, and Palau from depths of 175 to 480 m. Thus, we extend the geographical and bathymetric range of this species. These specimens allowed us to resolve discrepancies in the definition of the genus Exocoelactis concerning completeness and sterility of the mesenteries: the stronger partner of the mesenterial pairs may be complete and may be sterile.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 6

During the past decade, a large number of multi-gene analyses aimed at resolving the phylogeneticrelationships within Decapoda. However relationships among families, and even among sub-families, remain poorly defined. Most analyses used an incomplete and opportunistic sampling of species, but also an incomplete and opportunistic gene selection among those available for Decapoda. Here we test in the Caridea if improving the taxonomic coverage following the hierarchical scheme of the classification, as it is currently accepted, provides a better phylogenetic resolution for the inter-families relationships. The rich collections of the Muse´um National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris are used for sampling as far as possible at least two species of two different genera for each family or subfamily. All potential markers are tested over this sampling. For some coding genes the amplification success varies greatly among taxa and the phylogenetic signal is highly saturated. This result probably explains the taxon-heterogeneity among previously published studies. The analysis is thus restricted to the genes homogeneously amplified over the whole sampling. Thanks to the taxonomic sampling scheme the monophyly of most families is confirmed. However the genes commonly used in Decapoda appear non-adapted for clarifying inter-families relationships, which remain poorly resolved. Genome-wide analyses, like transcriptome-based exon capture facilitated by the new generation sequencing methods might provide a sounder approach to resolve deep and rapid radiations like the Caridea.

Restricted, ATIMO VATAE, Restricted, Restricted, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, Restricted, BIOPAPUA, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, Restricted, KARUBAR, Restricted, LAGON, MAINBAZA, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD20 (SAFARI), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB

Taxonomic and ecological interest in squat lobsters has grown considerably over the last two decades. A checklist of the 870 current valid species of squat lobsters of the world (families Chirostylidae, Galatheidae and Kiwaidae) is presented. The compilation includes the complete taxonomic synonymy and geographical distribution of each species plus type information (type locality, repository and registration number). The numbers of described species in the world's major ocean basins are summarised.

BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, Restricted, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restricted, HALIPRO 2, Restricted, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Twelve species collected during the cruises MUSORSTOM 3 in the Philippines and CORINDON 2 in Indonesia are studied in this paper. Six belong to the genus Gnathophausia with one new subspecies, G. elegans fagei. Two species belong to the genus Lophogaster, one of which is new, L. musorstomi, one belongs to Paralophogaster and three belong to Eucopia, one of which is new, E. panayensis. A key for the identification of the species of Lophogaster is included.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The Ranellidae, Bursidae and Personidae from the New Caledonia region (including the Loyalty Islands, the Coral Sea and the New Hebrides Arc) are monographed based on the results of an extensive collecting effort totalling more than 1000 stations. Seventy-three species are recorded, with numerous range extensions. One of the more remarkable aspects of this fauna is the uniquely diverse deep-water tonnoidean assemblage, dominated by species such as Bursa fijiensis, B. latitudo, B. quirihorai, species of Distorsio, Sassia remensa, and less common small personids in the genera Distorsionella and Personopsis. The number of species of New Caledonian Personidae is the highest yet recorded. The Personopsis species are the first modem ones correctly referred to the genus. Revisions are provided of Biplex, Gyrineum, Cyinatium (Gelagna), the Cymatium vespaceum, C. tenuiliratum and Bursa latitudo species groups, of southwest Pacific species of Sassia, and of several Cymatium (Ranularia) and Distorsio species. New genera proposed are Halgyrineum (Ranellidae) and Distorsomina (Personidae). Seven new species are proposed: Biplex bozzettii (from Somalia and southem India), Gyrineum longicaudatum (from the tropical westem Pacific), Cymatium pemiiketi (from Oman), Distorsio parvimpedita, Distorsionella pseudaphera, Personopsis purpurata and P. trigonaperta (all from New Caledonia). The nomenclature of numerous taxa is stabilized by the designation of neotypes and lectotypes for nominal species named by A. Adams & Reeve, Broderip, Deshayes, Dillwyn, Dunker, Fulton, Gmelin, Gould, Gray, Iredale, Jousseaume, Kuenen. Küster, Lamarck, Linné, Martin. Mighels, d'Orbigny, Perry, Reeve, Röding, Salis Marschlins, Schepman, Schumacher, G B. Sowerby II, and Wood.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Shell, radular, opercular and external anatomical characters are surveyed in world Recent deep-water Cassidae, leading to the recognition of three subfamilies: Cassinae, Oocorythinae and Phaliinae. All Recent species are revised of Galeodea Link, 1807 (=Galeoocorys Kuroda & Habe, 1957), Microsconsia n. gen. and Sconsia Gray, 1847, all included in subfamily Cassinae; of Oocorys Fischer, 1883 (= Benthodolium Verrill & Smith, 1884, = Hadroocorys Quinn, 1980), Eucorys n. gen. (including Oocorys bartschi Rehder, 1943 and O. barbouri Clench & Aguayo, 1939) and Dalium Dall, 1889, all included in subfamily Oocorythinae; and of Echinophoria Sacco, 1890, included in subfamily Phaliinae. New species named are Galeodea plauta n. sp. (northwestern New Zealand), Microsconsia limpusi n. sp. (southeastern Queensland, Australia), and Oocorys grandis n. sp. (central Indian Ocean, and southeastern Atlantic, off Namibia). Galeodea bituminata (Martin, 1933) (based on a Pliocene fossil from Buton Island, Indonesia) is an earlier name for G. echinophorella Habe, 1961; G. carolimartini Beets, 1943 is another earlier name for G. echinophorella. The name usually accepted for the type species of Sconsia, S. striata (Lamarck, 1816), is a junior secondary homonym of S. striata (J. Sowerby, 1812) and the valid name for this species is S. grayi (A. Adams, 1855). Echinophoria kurodai Abbott, 1968 was based on small specimens of E. wyvillei (Watson, 1886), and E. oschei Mühlhäusser, 1992 was based on Indian Ocean specimens of E. wyvillei. Echinophoria carnosa Kuroda & Habe, 1961 is limited to southern Japan to the Philippine Islands.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORAIL 2, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, Restricted, Restricted, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, Restricted, Restricted

A systematic monograph of the Recent Indo-Pacific species of the marine family Architectonicidae (Gastropoda: Heterostropha) is presented, based on new field studies, a large part (more than 22,000 specimens in over 50 collections) of the world-wide available collection material, as well as all available type material and original publications. A general introduction to the family is given, concentrating on morphology and anatomy, reproductive biology, habitat and diet, phylogeny and fossil record. The group has a world-wide distribution in warm-temperate to tropical waters and is the only gastropod family possessing heterostrophic ("sinistral") protoconchs in combination with broadly conical, umbilicate, dextral teleoconchs. Architectonicids prey on various groups of zoantharian coelenterates. All members for which data are available have long-range planktotrophic veliger larvae enabling dispersal over great distances, and large areas of distribution (often ranging from Africa to the Central Pacific, sometimes even reaching the western coast of America) have been recognized for many species. A discussion of taxonomic characters emphasizes a "finger-print" pattern of recognized homologous teleoconch spiral ribs, and species-typical size range and shape (and occasionally, sculpture) of the protoconch. Over 250 previously introduced architectonicid species-group names are discussed. Of these, 88 are accepted as valid Indo-Pacific architectonicid species-group taxa, and 83 names are placed in their synonymies. Many others are rejected as unjustified emendations, erroneous subsequent spellings, or non-binominal names. Twenty lndo-Pacific species are described as new to science: Architectonica arcana, A. consobrina, A. gualtierii, Granosolarium excavatum, G. gemmi/ernm, Heliacus geminus, H hyperionis, H nereidis, H oceanitis, H proteus, Pseudotorinia armillata, P. sestertius, P. yaroni, Solatisonax kilburni, S.? orba, S. propinqua, S. rehderi, Spiro/axis argonauta, Sp. cornuarietis, and Sp. exornatus. Eight additional "forms" are recognized that demand further study and remain unnamed. Each recognized taxon is redescribed in detail, with special emphasis on homologous features of the teleoconch and protoconch dimensions. The descriptions are illustrated with 470 light and SEM photographs of type and other relevant specimens, and 150 other illustrations such as distribution maps, histograms and line drawings. Available data on anatomy, reproductive biology, larval development, ecology, and geographical distribution are summarized. The Indo-Pacific Architectonicidae are arranged in 11 genera: Architectonica RODING, 1798 (= Solarium LAMARCK, 1799, Verticillus Jousseaume, 1888), with 16 species and 2 "forms"; Adelphotectonica BIELER, 1987, with 3 species; Philippia GRAY, 1847, with 2 species (one of which of doubtful status); Psilaxis Woodring, 1928, with 2 species; Discotectonica MARWICK, 1931 ( = Acutitectonica HABE, 1961, Russetia GARRARD, 1961 ), with 4 species; Granosolarium SAcco, 1892 ( = Solariaxis DALL, 1892, Claraxis IREDALE, 1936), with 5 species; Solatisonax IREDALE, 1931, with 9 species and 1 "form" (two of which tentatively placed or of doubtful locality); Heliacus 0RBJGNY, 1842 ( = Torinia GRAY, 1842), with 28 species, 1 geographic subspecies and several "forms" of undetermined status, arranged in 6 subgenera: Heliacus s.s., Pyrgoheliacus BIELER, 1987, Torinista IREDALE, 1936 ( = Astronacus WoooRING, 1959), Grandeliacus IREDALE, 1957, Teretropoma Rochebrune, 1881, and Gyriscm TIBERI, 1867; Pseudotorinia SAcco, 1892 (= Awarna MESTAYER, 1930, Calodisculus REHDER, 1935), with 12 species and 4 "forms"; Pseudomalaxis F1sCHER, 1885 ( = Discosolis DALL, 1892, Mangonuia Mestayer, 1930), with 2 species; and Spirolaxis MONTEROSATO, 1913 (= Paurodiscm REHDER, 1935, Aguayodiscus Jaume &. Borro, 1946), with 5 species. Lectotypes are selected for Architectonica nobilis RODING, 1798; Architectonica valenciennesii MoRCH, 1859; Solarium admirandum MELVILL &. STANDEN, 1903; Solarium bicanaliculatum VALENCIENNES, 1832; Solarium dilectum DESHAYES, 1863; Solarium dunkeri HANLEY, 1862; Solarium enoshimense MELVILL, 1891; Solarium granulatum LAMARCK, 1816; Solarium japonicum PILSBRY & STEARNS, 1895; Solarium placentale HINDS, 1844; Torinia aequatorialis THIELE, 1925; Torinia costata Schepman, 1909; Torinia densegranosa Pilsbry, 1905; Torinia discoidea PEASE, 1868; and Torinia gemmulata THIELE, 1925. A taxon index and a complete bibliography (comprising almost 800 titles) are provided.

BENTHEDI, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, Restricted, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Calliotectum Dall, 1890, until now a monotypic deep-water volute genus from the Eastern Pacifie, is shown to be a senior synonym of Teramachia Kuroda, 1931 from the Western Pacifie. Pakaurangia Finlay, 1926 (originally Thiaridae; Miocene of New Zealand) and Butonius Martin, 1933 (originally Fusinidae; Neogene of Indonesia) are new synonyms. Ca/liotectum has a fossil record in the Neogene of the Pacifie region (Okinawa, Indonesia, New Zealand and Ecuador), with a total of 5 species. Ali fossi! records are from deep-water facies. Seven Recent species of Callioteetum are recognised, ail from deep water in tropical latitudes. Three species occur in South-East Asia and the Eastern Indian Ocean, at 200-1660 m depth. Of these, C. tibiaeforme is treated as a polytypic species, with C. johnsoni and C. dupreyae considered to be geographical forms. Calliotectum piersonorum sp. nov. and C. egregium sp. nov. are described from the South-West Pacifie at 450-1060 m depth. Single species occur each in the East Pacifie and in the Caribbean.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4

The shell of Buccinaria, with its synonyms Dotomella and Pionotoma, is characterized by a wide subsutural ramp forming a broad, concave depression, and a short, broad siphonal canal. The general appearance is strongly convergent with shells of certain buccinid genera such as Eosipho. Radula and protoconch morphology confirm a placement of the genus in the family Conidae, subfamily Raphitominae. Buccinaria is known back to Miocene deposits of Europe, prior to the closure of Tethys, and persists only in the Indo-West Pacific. Recent species live on bathyal soft bottoms, where they appear to favour poorly oxygenated reducing sediments. The six species (two new) recognized live at depths between 200 and 1200 m. Buccinaria loochooensis, originally described from Neogene deposits of the Ryukyus, is recorded for the first time in the Recent fauna . Pionotoma teramachii and P. pyrum, two Recent nominal species from Japan, are synonymized with Buccinaria jonkeri and B. martini, respectively, both described from the Neogene of Indonesia. Cominella koperbergi and C. retifera fall within the range of variation of, and are synonymized with, Buccinaria jonkeri.

BATHUS 1, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

Based on radular and protoconch morphology, the genus Typhlosyrinx Thiele, 1925 has been successively classified in the subfamily Turriculinae of the family Turridae and in the subfamily Clathurellinae of the family Conidae. It is shown that the protoconch had earlier been misinterpreted, and the presence of a diagonally cancellated sculpture indicates a placement in the conid subfamily Raphitominae. Two conchologically similar genera, based on teleoconch sculpture and radular morphology are recognized: Typhlosyrinx, with axial ribbing on teleoconch spire whorls and a radula with long (250 mum) barbed teeth, and Leiosyrinx n. gen., without axial sculpture and a radula with short (< 100 mum) simplified teeth. Five species (two new) of Typhlosyrinx and four species (all new) of Leiosyrinx are recognized, all at bathyal depths between 280 and 1840 m in the tropical Indo-Pacific and Panamic provinces. The two genera are not known earlier than the Pliocene, where they already occurred in deep-water assemblages.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD, formerly ORSTOM) and Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle (MNHN) launched in the early 1980s a suite of oceanographic expeditions to sample the deep-water benthos of the tropical South and West Pacific, with emphasis on the 100-1,500 m bathymetric zone. This paper reviews the development of this programme to date. It describes the procedures involved in curating the material collected and the involvement of an international network of taxonomic experts to identify, describe and name the molluscan fauna. So far, 1,028 species of molluscs have been recorded from the New Caledonia Exclusive Economic Zone from depths below 100 m, and 601 of these (58.4%) were new species. An additional 142 new species have been described from other South Pacifi c island groups (Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Wallis and Futuna, Tonga, Marquesas Islands and Austral Islands). However, the hyper-diverse families have essentially remained untouched. Regional differences among island groups are high, and New Caledonia, which has been sampled best, shows several discrete areas of micro-endemism. We speculate that the deep-sea mollusc fauna of New Caledonia may amount to 15-20,000 species, and the corresponding number for the whole South Pacifi c may be in the order of 20-30,000 species.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, LUMIWAN 2008, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Fifteen species of Cancellariidae referable to the genera Zeadmete, Admetula, Fusiaphera, Nipponaphera, and Trigonostoma are reported from depths between 200 and 700 m in New Caledonia and other island groups in the southwest Pacific. Twelve are new species: Zeadmete bathyomon new species, Zeadmete physomon new species, Zeadmete bilix new species, Admetula affluens new species, Admetula marshalli new species, Admetula bathynoma new species, Admetula lutea new species, Admetula emarginata new species, Nipponaphera argo new species, Nipponaphera agastor new species, Nipponaphera tuba new species, and Trigonostoma tryblium new species. All the Recent nominal species of Fusiaphera described from localities throughout the Indo-Pacific area Lire considered to be conspecific, the senior name being Fusiaphera macrospira (Adams and Reeve, 1.850), now with ten synonyms. The ranges of Nipponaphera nodosivaricosa (Petuch, 1.979) and Trigonostoma thysthlon Petit and Harasewych, 1987, are extended to the South Pacific.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, EBISCO, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SMIB 1, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, Restricted, TAIWAN 2000, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Several French oceanographic expeditions have enhanced the exploration of the bathyal slope, off New Caledonia (South Western Pacific). During these recent cruises (BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4-6, CHALCAL 2, SMIB 3-4, CALSUB), many stalked Crinoids of different orders and suborders (Isocrinida Pentacrinidae, Millericrinina, Bourgueticrinina, Cyrtocrinida and incertae sedis) have been sampled, or observed and photographed with the help of the IFREMER submersible « Cyana ». The samples come from depths between 230 and 3700 meters but the most numerous faunas have been gathered in the 200-600 meters bathymetrical interval. Fourteen genera are represented in the crinoid fauna of New Caledonia which have never been inventoried or illustrated : Metacrinus, Saracrinus, Diplocrinus, Proisocrinus, Caledonicrinus, Porphyrocrinus, Naumachocrinus, Bathycrinus, Gymnocrinus, Holopus, Proeudesicrinus, Thalassocrinus, Hyocrinus, Guillecrinus. Some of these are only known from the New Caledonian bathyal slope ( Caledonicrinus, Proeudesicrinus). Until now the genus Holopus was known only from the Tropical Western Atlantic Ocean and the genus Guillecrinus was known only from the bathyal slope of the Indian Ocean. Detailed descriptions of sixteen species are given. Three taxa are illustrated for the first time : Holopus alidis sp. Nov., Guillecrinus neocaledonicus sp. Nov. And Hyocrinus cyanae sp. Nov. Further descriptions are supplied for some species (Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis, Gymnocrinus richeri) and for three recently described new taxa from New Caledonia off shore (Metacrinus levii, Caledonicrinus vauhani, Proeudesicrinus lifouensis). The New Caledonian Pentacrinid fauna is abundant but ess diverse than the rich fauna which has been collected off the Philippines (Western Pacific). Only four species are known from New Caledonia : Metacrinus levii. Metacrinus musorstomae, Saracrinus nohilis, Diplocrinus allernicirrus. Cyrtocrinida are very numerous between 300-500 meters, especially Gymnocrinus richeri and Holopus alidis. This bathymetrical interval is also occupied by Caledonicrinus vauhani. The shallower species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae and by Porphyrocrinus. Proisocrinus ruberrimus. Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis. Bathycrinus. Hyocrinidac with Hyocrinus, Thalassocrinus and the incertae sedis Guillecrinus neocaledonicus are living in the deep sea (below 1000 meters). Nevertheless, the New Caledonian stalked Crinoid fauna appears to be the most archaic in the recent oceans showing a close relationship with the fossil fauna of the Mesozoic Mesogean Sea. Many taxa have indeed very ancient affinities : Guillecrinus is the only living representative of the Paleozoic subclass Inadunata. Proisocrinus ruberrimus. Gymnocrinus richeri and Proeudesicrinus lifouensis have relationships with Jurassic adaptative radiation, Caledonicrinus vauhani is the most archaic (late Cretaceous affinities) species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae. Consequently, historical biogeography and phylogeny of the Indo-Pacific stalked Crinoids, through Post-Paleozoic times, are discussed with regard on the origin of New Caledonia fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restricted, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A collection of 52 species of palaemonoid shrimps from the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, is reported upon. Material is derived principally from the New Caledonian region but also includes specimens from Aden/Yemen, Comoro Islands, western Indian Ocean, Philippines, Indonesia and Wallis Island. Specimens have been collected from intertidal depths to over 600 m. Ten species have been collected from water depths of over 100 m. Two new genera of pontoniine shrimp are designated : Climeniperaeus, for Periclimenaeus truncoideus Chace & Bruce, 1993, and Typtonychus, for a new species, T. crassimanus. The following species are transferred from the genus Typton to the new genus Typtonychus : T. anomalus (Bruce, 1979), T. dentatus (Fujino & Miyake, 1969), and T. dimorphus (Bruce, 1986). These species are probably all associates of Porifera. Six new species of pontoniine shrimp are described. These include Conchodytes philippinensis, from an unknown locality in the Philippines; Mesopontonia verrucimanus, from 184-186 m in the Tanimbar Islands, Indonesia; Periclimenaeus colodactylus, from 20-25 m in New Caledonia, in association with Diplosoma versicolor Monniot; Periclimenes involens, from 92-97 m, off Mindoro, Philippines, of unknown association; Pontonia compacta, from 10- 60 m, in New Caledonia, in association with Pyura albaneyensis Michaelson and Pontonia simplicipes, from 71 m, in the Chesterfield Islands, in association with Pyura nigricans Heller.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 5

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

BERYX 11, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The disto-ventral organ of the 6th abdominal segment was found for the first time, and in was a cause to redescribe shrimps of the genus Nematocarcinus. The diagnosis of the species N. nudirostris, described previously by the author, was corrected and reduced to synonym of the species N. combensis. Three new species, N. combensis. N. kaiensis, and N, subtilis, from various regions of the Indian Ocean and western part of the Pacific Ocean are described. They differ from N. nudirostris is in the structure of rostrum, protuberance of the back border of the 3d abdominal segment, pleurae of the 5th abdominal segment, and that of the disto-ventral organ.

CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The genus Paramunida belongs to the family Galatheidae, one of the most species rich families among anomuran decapod crustaceans. In spite of the genus has received substantial taxonomic attention, subtle morphological variations observed in numerous samples suggest the existence of undescribed species. The examination of many specimens collected during recent expeditions and morphological and molecular comparisons with previously described species have revelaled the existence of eleven new lineages. All of them are distinguished by subtle and constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular divergences reported for the mitochondrial markers ND1 and 16S rRNA. Here, we describe and illustrate the new species, providing brief redescriptions for the previously known species, and a dichotomous identification key for all species in the genus.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2004

The genus Allogalathea was established by Baba in 1969 to include the well-known species Galathea elegans. This species is widely distributed across the Indo-West Pacific Ocean, and is characterized by living in close association with crinoids, and by its conspicuous coloration. Although the genus is considered monospecific, different colour patterns and discrete morphological variations mainly associated with the rostrum and chelipeds have been reported. These differences could point to cryptic species, thereby questioning Allogalathea as a monotypic taxon. To address this issue, we sequenced the mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase I (COI; 658 bp) and 16S rRNA (882 bp) genes and the nuclear gene phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK; 598 bp) in numerous specimens from eight different localities, and also examined their morphological characters. DNA sequences were analysed using maximum-parsimony, maximum-likelihood, and Bayesian approaches of phylogenetic inference. The resulting trees were combined with morphological evidence to test species boundaries. Our molecular data revealed four deeply divergent clades, which can be distinguished by subtle morphological differences in the spinulation and length: breadth ratio of the P1 carpus, spinulation of the walking legs, and shape of the rostrum. Our findings indicated that Allogalathea elegans is in fact a species complex comprising four different species, which, although genetically very distinct, are morphologically very similar. We provide morphological descriptions and a key to these four species of the genus.

CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The diversification of Indo-Pacific marine fauna has long captivated the attention of evolutionary biologists. Previous studies have mainly focused on coral reef or shallow water-associated taxa. Here, we present the first attempt to reconstruct the evolutionary historyphylogeny, diversification, and biogeographyof a deep-water lineage. We sequenced the molecular markers 16S, COI, ND1, 18S, and 28S for nearly 80% of the nominal species of the squat lobster genus Paramunida. Analyses of the molecular phylogeny revealed an accelerated diversification in the late OligoceneMiocene followed by a slowdown in the rate of lineage accumulation over time. A parametric biogeographical reconstruction showed the importance of the southwest Pacific area, specifically the island arc of Fiji, Tonga, Vanuatu, Wallis, and Futuna, for diversification of squat lobsters, probably associated with the global warming, high tectonic activity, and changes in oceanic currents that took place in this region during the OligoceneMiocene period. These results add strong evidence to the hypothesis that the Neogene was a period of major diversification for marine organisms in both shallow and deep waters.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

The genus Paramunida belongs to the family Munididae, one of the most speciose families among anomuran decapod crustaceans. During the PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, and AURORA 2007 expeditions in the Philippines, eight species of the genus were collected, including a new record and three new species, namely Paramunida akaina, P. aspera, and P. aurora. These new lineages are distinguished by subtle and constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular evidence from the mitochondrial markers ND1 and 16S. Here, we describe these new species, provide new distribution records, and present phylogenetic relationships within the genus.

AURORA 2007, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005

Fifty-three species of ahermatypic Scleractinia—about half of the Philippine ahermatypic fauna—belonging to four families and one subfamily are described and illustrated. Five additional species found in adjacent waters just north of the Philippines are also included in the faunistic revision. In order to better evaluate the genus Leptopenus, L. antarcticus, from Antarctica, is also included in this revision as a new species, making a total of 59 species revised. Concurrent with the species revision, higher-level taxa were reanalyzed and revised, resulting in the description of four new genera: Endocyathopora, Thrypticotrochus, Truncatoguynia, and Truncatoflabellum and 17 new species; the formation of 13 new species combinations; and the establishment of two new subgeneric ranks: Fungiacyathus (Bathyactis) and Flabellum (Ulocyathus). To help stabilize the nomenclature of taxonomically confusing species, neotypes were designated for two species: Flabellum (= Truncatoflabellum) cumingii and Flabellum (= Truncatoflabellum) candeanum; and lectotypes were chosen for four other species: Bathyactis (= Fungiacyathus) sibogae, Flabellum pavoninum, Flabellum distinctum, and Flabellum patens. Approximately 4400 specimens were examined from 178 stations throughout the Philippines, as well as most of the previously reported specimens from this area. A historical resume is given of previous literature on ahermatypic Scleractinia in the Philippine Islands. Character tables or keys are provided for the genera of Micrabaciidae, Turbinoliinae, Guyniidae, and Flabellidae, and character tables are provided for the Philippine species of Fungiacyathus, Stephanophyllia, Flabellum (Flabellum), and Truncatoflabellum. The Philippine Islands and Indonesia, especially the Sulu Sea, are considered to be at or near the center of ahermatypic species diversity and thus represent the most diverse ahermatypic fauna in the world. East and west of the Philippines the number of species held in common falls rapidly, but relatively high percentages of shared species are found to the north: 30%-32% for the South China Sea off Hong Kong, and 36%-38% for off Japan. The highest number of shared species, however, is with Indonesia (25-27 species, 47%-51%), with which the Philippines probably forms a zoogeographic unit Of the 53 species reported from the Philippines, 27 are new records for this island group.

MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

CORINDON 2, Restricted, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

A total of 134 Recent species of azooxanthellate Scleractinia are reported from the Vanuatu (116 species) and Wallis and Futuna (83 species) Archipelagos, all but one being new records for this region of the tropical central Pacific. The newly reported specimens originate primarily from the MUSORSTOM 7 and 8 expeditions, including approximately 4400 specimens from 227 stations, most of these stations from deeper than 100 m. Sixteen new species and one new subspecies are described, and two new combinations are proposed: Asterosmilia gigas and Javania fusca. Tables of comparison are provided for the Indo-Pacific species of Fungiacyathus (Fungiacyathus)-, the Recent Trocliocyalhus (Aplocyathus)\ all species oi Aulocyathus\ all species of spined Deltocyathus\ and the Recent species and subspecies of Antheiniphyllia. To facilitate comparisons of species among these taxa, three additional species having distributions other than the Vanuatu/Wallis and Futuna region are described as new: Deltocyathus corrugalus, Antheiniphyllia inultidentata, and A. inacrolobata. The distribution and bathymétrie ranges of the 134 species known from the Vanuatu/Wallis and Futuna region are tabulated. Within the tropical central Pacific these corals show a strong affinity with those from the ridges and islands north of New Zealand (56 species) and a lesser relationship with the Hawaiian Island fauna (24 species). Other regions in the central Pacific are too poorly known for comparison. Beyond the tropical central Pacific, the Vanuatu/Wallis and Futuna fauna is part of the larger Indo-Polynesian province, sharing 95 (71%) of its species with the tropical western Pacific and 62 species (46%) with the Indian Ocean. Only seven species are found in common with the tropical eastern Pacific and 11 with the Atlantic Ocean. Finally, 43 species from the Vanuatu/Wallis and Futuna Archipelagos are also known from temperate Japan (exclusive of the Ryukyu Islands) and 32 from temperate New Zealand and southern Australia. Examples of commensal/parasitic relationships are reported to occur with petrarcid ascothoracican crustaceans (2 coral hosts) and acrothoracican cirripede crustaceans (8 hosts). The shells of the gastropod Xenophora ("carrier shells") were found to be effective collectors of deep-water corals; a total of 19 coral species were found incorporated into the shells, including three species that were found only on these shells and another five species that were otherwise very rarely collected by conventional means.

KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The taxonomy of the crabs belonging to the family Palicidae Bouvier, 1898 from the Indo-west Pacific region is revised. On the basis of extensive material collected by French expeditions in the Coral Sea and other regions of the Pacific and Indian oceans, as well as material from numerous museums, including most of the types, the present study recognizes two subfamilies, 10 genera, and 43 species. Of these taxa, four are new genera: Exopalicus, Miropalicus, Paliculus, and Rectopalicus. Manella is synonymized with Crossotonotus A. Milne Edwards, 1873. Parapleurophricoides Nobili, 1906, sometimes believed to be a palicid, is a xanthoid and it is removed from the Palicidae. Nine nominal species described by previous authors are synonymized and an additional 17 species are described.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The shallow-water trapeziid and tetraliid crabs, symbionts of corals and other colonial anthozoans, from the Philippines, New Guinea, and Vanuatu are listed. A total of 13 species of Trapeziidae and six species of Tetraliidae (two new records) are listed for the Philippines, 15 Trapeziidae (four new records), six Tetraliidae (three new records) for New Guinea, and 12 Trapeziidae (six new records), four Tetraliidae (three new records) for Vanuatu. The number of species in these locations. when compared with the number in adjacent areas, does not support the view that the Indo-Malayan region or the Indo-Australian Archipelago have served as a centre of diversification for these two families.

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, SANTO 2006

A reappraisal of the taxonomy of the brachyuran crabs belonging to the family Goneplacidae MacLeay, 1838 sensu lato has resulted in the revision of the subfamily Goneplacinae, which combines the subfamilies Goneplacinae MacLeay, 1838 and Carcinoplacinae H. Milne Edwards, 1852. Most of the 66 species of Goneplacinae sensu stricto that are listed herein inhabit relatively deep water and are infrequently collected. The subfamily Goneplacinae sensu stricto now consists of 17 genera of which 10 are being described as new: Carcinoplax H. Milne Edwards, 1852, with 18 species of which four are new; Entricoplax n. gen., monotypic; Exopheticus n. gen., with two species; Goneplacoides n. gen., monotypic; Goneplax Leach, 1814, with four species; Hadroplax n. gen., monotypic; Menoplax n. gen., monotypic; Microgoneplax n. gen., with five species of which four are new; Neogoneplax n. gen., with three species of which two are new; Neommatocarcinus Takeda & Miyake, 1969, monotypic; Notonyx A. Milne-Edwards, 1873, with three species; Ommatocarcinus White, 1852, with four species; Paragoneplax n. gen., monotypic; Psopheticus Wood-Mason, 1892, with four species; Pycnoplax n. gen., with five species of which one is new; Singhaplax Serene & Soh, 1976, with seven species of which four are new; and Thyraplax n. gen., with five species of which three are new. All goneplacine genera are exclusive to the Indo-West Pacific region (plus contiguous temperate areas) except Goneplax, which is so far known mostly from the Atlantic and Mediterranean regions. Four nominal species described by other authors were found to be junior subjective synonyms for other species: Carcinoplax verdensis Rathbun, 1914 and C polita Guinot, 1989 synonymous of C specularis Rathbun, 1914; Goneplax megalops Komatsu & Takeda, 2003 of Goneplacoides marivenae (Komatsu & Takeda, 2003) n. comb.; and Psopheticus insolitus Guinot, 1990 of P stridulans Wood-Mason, 1892.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, VOLSMAR

The Indo-West-Pacific material previously identified as Eugonatonotus crassus (A. Milne Edwards, 1881) is found to be distinct from the typical form in the tropical Western Atlantic by bearing an extra pair of spines at the fifth abdominal tergite. The new form, named E. chacei sp. nov., is described and a holotype selected from Taiwanese material. The morphological differences between the two species are listed and discussed and their coloration is illustrated.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2

The species of Pontocaris Bate, 1888, and related genera, Aegaeon Agassiz, 1846 and Parapontocaris Alcock, 1901, are reviewed based on the abundant samples collected by ORSTOM (Institut français de Recherche scientifique pour le Développement en Coopération), the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, the Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, and the National Taiwan Ocean University, as well as those deposited at other museums and institutions. Altogether 21 species and one subspecies are recognized which appear to form three natural groups. The genus Parapontocaris Alcock, 1901 is retained for the 6 species assigned to it by CHACE (1984), but different characters are used to differentiate them. An interlocking mechanism between the posterior thoracic sternites and the carapace is found in all species of the Pontocaris propensalata group, but not in the others. Furthermore, females of this group can modify their pereiopods, probably for the care of the eggs, when they molt for spawning. Such modification of the pereiopods is unique in the carideans according to present knowledge. Thus, the genus Pontocaris Bate, 1888, is now restricted to the species of this group and BRUCE'S (1988) Pontocheras becomes a junior synonym of the former. At present 10 species and one subspecies are recognized in this group, with the names P. affinis (Alcock, 1901) and P. hilarula (de Man, 1918) revived and four new species and one new subspecies described : P. major from the Philippines, P. laurentae and P. spinifera from Indonesia, P. profundior from the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden, and P. affinis allodactylus from the Red Sea. The name Aegaeon Agassiz, 1846 is revived for five species with characters intermediate between Parapontocaris and Pontocaris (as defined here), namely A. cataphractus (Olivi, 1792), A. lacazei (Gourret, 1887), A. orientalis Henderson, 1893, A. rathbuni de Man, 1918 and A. boschii (Christoffersen, 1988). Keys for distinguishing these three genera and the identification of the species are provided. The distribution and evolution, as well as sexual dimorphism and polymorphism in females, of these species are briefly discussed. Both the morphological characters and distribution patterns suggest that the genus Parapontocaris is relatively more ancient and has a typical Tethys distribution. On the other hand, species of Pontocaris possess many advanced characters and are still actively evolving in the Indo-West Pacific. The intermediate genus Aegaeon probably forms a link between the above two genera and has successfully invaded the Atlantic from the original Indo-West Pacific distribution.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Abundant material of the rare lobster genus Thaumastocheles, recently collected from Taiwan, led to an extensive survey of the Indo-Pacific specimens of this genus deposited at various institutions. Altogether 82 specimes of Thaumastocheles from the Indo-Pacific (Madagascar to Japan and New Caledonia at depths of 70-1,753 m) were examined and 2 distinct species are recognized. The 2 species, T. japonicus Calman, 1913, and T dochmiodon, new species, differ mainly in the shape of the cutting teeth of the first chelae and the lateral carinae of the abdominal tergites. Both species are found in Japan, Taiwan, and the South China Sea.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 3

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, PANGLAO 2005, Restricted, SANTO 2006, Restricted

Samples collected by ORSTOM (Institut de Recherche Scientifique pour le Developpement en Cooperation), Service Mixte de Contrôle Biologique des Armees (SMCB) and the National Taiwan Ocean University in the Indo-West Pacific (off Madagascar, Seychelles Islands, Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia, Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia and Polynesia) as well as others obtained on loan from various museums led to a reexamination of the species belonging to the Plesionika narval group. Fourteen species are recognized of which 6 are new : P. yui from Taiwan, P. echinicola from New Caledonia, P. laurentae from New Caledonia and Eastern Australia, P. flavicauda from New Caledonia and Polynesia, P. rubrior and P. curvata from Polynesia. P. escalilis (Stimpson, 1860) is considered to be a synonym of P. narval. The specimens from the Atlantic identified as STIMPSON'S species by LEMAITRE and GORE (1988) are identified as P. longicauda (Rathbun, 1901). P. narval and P. serratifrons (Borradaile, 1900) are considered as distinct species but so similar that finding reliable characters to separate them is very difficult especially as individual variations are observed. P. narval is presently regarded as living only in the Mediterranean and Eastern Atlantic (from Spain to Cape Verde Islands) but it appears South-West Pacific and with a rather restricted distribution. A key mainly for adults is offered for the identification of the species of this group. As coloration very often seems to be a reliable character for identifying fresh specimens, color photographs are included. Unfortunately it was not possible to obtain information on the coloration of all the species and consequently this character could only be used rarely in the key.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Before the present study, Plesionika rostricrescentis (Bate, 1888) and P. lophotes Chace, 1985 were the two Plesionika species unique in having a high basal rostral crest. A recently described species, P. erythrocyclus Chan & Crosnier, 1997 has a low basal rostral crest but is evidently related to P. rostricrescentis. Close examination of the abundant material collected during the MUSORSTOM expeditions and from Taiwan revealed that there are at least eight species in this ‘‘P. rostricrescentis-P. lophotes’’ species complex. These taxa are morphologically very similar but can be distinguished by their very distinctive colorations, which are often striking and consist of large circular spots. In the ‘‘P. rostricrescentis’’ group, which has the dorsal margin of the rostrum unarmed between the anteriormost tooth of the basal rostral crest and the subapical teeth, five species are recognized. Plesionika rostricrescentis is still known only by the holotype from the Kai Islands. Two new species, P. hsuehyui and P. suffusa, closely similar to P. rostricrescentis, are described. Plesionika hsuehyui is widely distributed from Taiwan to Fiji, while P. suffusa has only been found off New Caledonia. Plesionika erythrocyclus, previously known only from Taiwan and French Polynesia, occurs widely in the southern Pacific. Another new species, P. bimaculata, which closely resembles P. erythrocyclus, is distributed off New Caledonia and in adjacent areas. Three species are recognized in the ‘‘P. lophotes’’ group, which bear dorsal rostral teeth between the basal rostral crest and subapical teeth. Plesionika lophotes is restricted to the area between Japan and northwestern Australia. Two further closely similar new species, P. rufomaculata and P. scopifera are described, the former widely distributed from Okinawa to Futuna Island, the latter only off New Caledonia and Tonga. Although coloration is very important in distinguishing these species, species with similar color patterns do not necessarily belong to the same species group. Morphologically, these species are mainly separated by the height of the basal rostral crest, the number of rostral teeth, and the length of the stylocerite and the dactyli of the posterior three pereiopods. However, there is sexual dimorphism in the development of the basal rostral crest in these species, sometimes making positive identification of males and young specimens difficult.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, VOLSMAR

Recent French deep-sea expeditions in the Indo-West Pacific resulted in the collection of abundant material of the deep-sea lobster genus Puerulus Ortmann, 1897 (Palinuridae). Difficulties in identification necessitated a generic revision and as a result, five new species are described, all of which are similar to P. angulatus (Bate, 1888). Puerulus angulatus was thought to have a wide distribution from eastern Africa to Marquesas Islands, but is now restricted to the western Pacific, from Japan to Australia. Of the five new species, P. gibbosus n. sp. is found in eastern Africa, P. mesodontus n. sp. from Japan to Fiji, P. richeri n. sp. from the New Caledonia to Marquesas Islands, while P. sericus n. sp. and P. quadridentis n. sp. mainly occur around New Caledonia. Of the other three previously described species, the distribution of P. velutinus Holthuis, 1963, is extended to Fiji, while P. sewelli Ramadan, 1938, and P. carinatus Borradaile, 1910, are still only known from the northern and western parts of the Indian Ocean, respectively. COI gene sequence differences support the morphological species distinctions.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MAINBAZA, Restricted, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2001, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Specimens of species closely related to the rare deep-sea lobster Thaumastocheles japonicus Calman, 1913 were obtained from recent deep-sea expeditions in the West Pacific. Close examination of these specimens, as well as molecular analysis, showed that they represent two species new to science, with many morphological and significant genetic differences (barcoding gene COI sequence divergences 11.5- 14.8%) between each other as well as T. japonicus. Re-examination of the specimens previously assigned to T. japonicus revealed that true T. japonicus has a more northern distribution, from Japan to the South China Sea and the Philippines. The two new species have more southern distributions with T. bipristis n. sp. Restricted to the Philippines and Indonesia, and T. massonktenos n. sp. Being widely distributed in the Indo-West Pacific, from the South China Sea to Madagascar and New Caledonia. The genetic data also suggest that T. dochmiodon Chan and de Saint Laurent, 1999 may represent a polymorphic male form of T. japonicus.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BIOPAPUA, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2001

BATHUS 2, BIOPAPUA, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 3, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2

The Oxfordian fauna from the Terrain à Chailles Formation, eastern France (Haute- Saône, Franche-Comté) is remarkable for its exceptionally preserved crustaceans found in siliceous concretions locally named “chailles”. The crustacean fauna includes 9 different species assigned to the Glypheidae, the Erymidae, the Eryonidae and the Axiidae. Glypheid and erymid lobsters are the most diversified groups with four and three different species respectively. Re-examination of numerous new specimens allows to a more modern and more complete characterization of Glyphea regleyana (Desmarest, 1822), Glyphea muensteri von Meyer, 1840 and Eryma ventrosa (von Meyer, 1835). New detailed anatomic descriptions of these species highlight the presence of marked sexual dimorphism in G. regleyana and probably in E. ventrosa. They reveal processes of autotomy and phenomena of ecdysis in G. regleyana, E. ventrosa and G. muensteri. Quantitative analyses based on 424 nodules show three dominant species: 1) Glyphea regleyana (50.5% of nodules); 2) Eryma ventrosa (24.8%); and 3) Glyphea muensteri (16.5%).Convergent lines of evidence from depositional environment, comparisons with others Jurassic crustaceans and modern analogues indicate that the crustacean fauna from the Terrain à Chailles Formation probably inhabited a moderately deep water setting most probably about 100-150 m (lower circalittoral zone) where light intensity was even sensitive. These crustaceans constitute a very original assemblage intermediary between the communities from the shallow carbonate platforms (e.g., Solnhofen) and those from the bathyal zone (e.g., La Voulte). This new set of data sheds new light on the colonization of the distal platforms by crustacean communities in the Mesozoic.

EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3

A phylogenetic analysis of a total of 31 species: 27 fossil species from seven families (Glypheidae, Litogastridae, Mecochiridae, Pemphicidae, Erymidae, Clytiopsidae, Chimaerastacidae), and four extant species from three families (Glypheidae, Nephropidae, Stenopodidae) is proposed. Most of the genera considered are coded exclusively based upon their type species and, as much as possible, based upon the type specimens. The cladistic analysis demonstrates that the glypheidean lobsters (infraorder Glypheidea) form a monophyletic group including two superfamilies: Glypheoidea and Pemphicoidea new status. Glypheoidea includes three families: Glypheidae, Mecochiridae and Litogastridae. Litogastridae is the sister group of the clade Glypheidae + Mecochiridae. Pemphicoidea includes a single family: Pemphicidae. A new classification of Glypheidea is proposed and currently known genera are rearranged based upon the phylogenetic analysis.

EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Dorippidae material collected by several French expeditions (MUSORSTOM 3-6, CHALCAL l, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL) from 1980 to 1989, a French Indonesian cruise (CORINDON 2) in 1980 and the MARIEL KING MEMORIAL EXPEDITION in 1970 off the Philippines, Indonesia, Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia yielded a total of 24 species (including 2 uncertain species) belonging to 2 subfamilies and 3 genera. Twelve species are new and 10 species are first records from New Caledonia.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The genus Rhabdonotus A. Milne Edwards, 1879, is revised. The identity of Rhabdonotus pictus A. Milne Edwards, 1879, is clarified. A specimen from Singapore is designated as the simultaneous neotype of Rhabdonotus pictus A. Milne Edwards, 1879, and its junior synonym, Caphyra archeri Walker, 1887. Two new species, Rhabdonotus pilipes and Rhadonotus xynon, are described. A key to the three species is provided. The first zoeal stage of R. pictus A. Milne Edwards, 1879, is also described for the first time.

MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8

A taxonomic review of the waspfish genus Neocentropogon Matsubara 1943 (Tetrarogidae), diagnosed by the following combination of characters: body sparsely covered with small embedded cycloid scales, palatine teeth present, XIII–XVI dorsal-fin spines, the first dorsal fin originating above the orbit, five pelvic-fin soft rays, and membrane of lower four pectoralfin rays deeply incised, resulted in the recognition of six species: Neocentropogon aeglefinus (Weber 1913), Neocentropogon affinis (Lloyd 1909a), Neocentropogon japonicus Matsubara 1943, Neocentropogon mesedai Klausewitz 1985, Neocentropogon profundus (Smith 1958), and Neocentropogon trimaculatus Chan 1966. Neocentropogon trimaculatus (anti-tropically distributed in East Asia and Australia) can be distinguished from its congeners by the presence of three dark blotches on the body (vs. absent or a single blotch); N. affinis (eastern Indian Ocean) and N. aeglefinus (Philippines to Australia) differ from other congeners in having a black blotch behind the opercle (vs. blotch absent), with the former distinguishable from the latter by dorsal rows of dark spots on the body, and pectoral and caudal fins (vs. spots absent), and 79–96 scale rows in the longitudinal series (vs. 94–137); N. mesedai (Red Sea) differs from N. profundus (southwestern Indian Ocean) and N. japonicus (northwestern Pacific Ocean) in having the lowermost four pectoral-fin rays elongated and XIII (vs. XIV–XVI) dorsal-fin spines, the latter species being separated by the symphyseal knob condition (unremarkable, N. profundus vs. pronounced, N. japonicus), dark dorsal spots on the body (vs. absent), and 5 anal-fin soft rays (vs. 6 or 7). Keys to the genera of Tetrarogidae and species of Neocentropogon are given, including taxonomic status of Vespicula Jordan and Richardson 1910 and Pseudovespicula Mandrytsa 2001.

BOA1, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3

Twenty-two species of Oplophoridae have been collected in the Philippines and Indonesia. All of them are known, but twi, Acanthephyra brevirostris Smith, 1855 and Hymenedora sp., have never been reported before in these counties.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Numerous samples of Stylodactylidae collected between 1976 and 1989 off the Philippines, New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands (MUSORSTOM, BIOCAL, CHALCAL, CORAIL 2 a n d SMIB cruises) are studied here. Other collections from Indonesia (CORINDON 2 cruise), Madagascar (coll. A. CROSNIER and R. CLEVA), and la Réunion (« MARION DUFRESNE », cruise M D 32) are included. This material is of particular interest since many specimens of various taxa have been collected : eighteen species and subspecies have been identified in it, of which nine are new : three species and one subspecies in the genus Stylodactylus. four species in the genus Parastylodactylus, and one in the new genus Stylodactyloides. Nine species and one subspecies of the genus Stylodactylus A. Milne Edwards, 1881., are represented in the collections studied here. S. laurentae sp. nov., with its typically short rostrum, seems to be one of the most common shrimps of the genus in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. S. profundus sp. nov., unfortunately represented by specimens in incomplete or poor condition, extends the bathymetric range of the family : it has been collected, off New Caledonia, between 1395-1410 and 1618-1740 m. S. brevidactylus sp. nov. is represented by a single specimen from the Philippines : we at first considered that this specimen was an aberrant example of S. multidentatus Kubo, 1942, but decided then to re-examine our opinion because of its peculiar characters. Twenty seven specimens (eleven from the Philippines and sixteen from Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia) have been identified as S. licinus Chace, 1983, a little known species described from the Philippines, and eleven others (one from Indonesia and ten from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands) as S. tokarensis Zarenkov, 1968, only known by the holotype collected in the east China sea (the paratype of S. tokarensis is suspected of being a specimen of S. licinus Chace). S. multidentatus Kubo, 1942, is probably one of the most commonly caught species of the family. Many specimens have been collected by the french campaigns from the Philippines, New Caledonia, and Madagascar : Neocaledonian specimens differ from the former by a longer rostrum and longer spines on the margin of the antennal scale. These differences are still more accentuated in Madagascarian specimens, and we finally decided to create for them a new subspecies, S. multidentatus robustus. Two other species of Stylodactylus are represented in our material : S. macropus Chace, 1983, of which the only previouly known specimen was collected by the « ALBATROSS » in the Philippines, is reported here, again from the Philippines and from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. S. libratus Chace, 1983, described from a single specimen from Indonesia (Celebes, « ALBATROSS » collection) and reported then from Australia (New South Wales) by KENSLEY, TRANTER and GRIFFIN (1987) has been collected in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. One specimen from Madagascar appears to be very close to S. libratus but shows however some différences from it, so that we identify it as S. aff. libratus. The genus Neostylodactylus Hayashi & Miyake, 1968, is represented in our material by two species : N. amarynthis (de Man, 1902), and N. affinis Hayashi & Miyake, 1968 : in these two species we have noted the very particular sexual dimorphism mentioned by CHACE (1983 : 6) for N. amarynthis : females differ from maies in lacking arthrobranchs on pereiopods 1 to 4. The geographical distribution of N. amarynthis extends now, in the Indo-Pacific, to the southwestern Indian Océan (La Réunion), and that of N. affinis, previously known only from the Korea Strait at 120 m depth, is shown to belong to the New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands fauna ; it has been caught between 235 and 440 m. Four new species have been included in the genus Parastylodactylus created by FIGUEIRA in 1971 for Stylodactylus bimaxillaris Bate, 1888, and until now monospecific. P. bimaxillaris (Bate), known from a large part of the Indo-Pacific, is mentioned for the first time from New Caledonia and Madagascar. P. tranterae sp. nov., collected off New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands, was first reported from Australia (New South Wales) by KENSLEY, TRANTER a n d GRIFFIN (1987) who suspected that it was a new species, butdid not name it, on account of the poor condition of the single specimen in their possession. P. semblatae sp. nov. seems to be very common in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. P. richeri sp. nov., from New Caledonia, and P. longidactylus sp. nov., from the Philippines, each represented by a few specimens only, are fairly closely related species, but however are clearly distinct taxa. A new genus, Stylodactyloides, is proposed for a new species collected from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands, 5. crosnieri, which has a very unusual stylocerite, broadly rounded distally, which distinguishes it from ail other members of the family. It may be noted that several points in the systematics of the Stylodactylidae remain obscure. These will necessitate the examination of new collections. This work, however, shows the particular interest of these collection, concerning a little known and poorly represented family (nine new taxa described, representing more than one third of the species known until now), and indicates the richness of New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands waters, where thirteen species have been collected, including six of the nine new ones. Ail the new taxa have been illustrated, and individual variations carefully studied in the species represented by numerous specimens. Color photographs of several species, taken on board during some of these cruises, complété the iconography. Identification keys are proposed for the four généra and twenty six species and subspecies now recognized in the family.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The greatest part of the types of the brachyuran crabs (Crustacea, Decapoda) in the Crustacea collection of the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, is already catalogued on registers and is to be gradually published. This first annotated catalogue lists the nominal species belonging to the Podotremata (i.e. crabs with coxal male and female gonopores, and spermathecae): families Homolodromiidae, Dromiidae, Dynomenidae, Homoliclae, Poupiniidae, Cycloclorippidae, Cymonomidae, Phyllotymolinidae and Raninidae. The names of the taxa are presented in their original combination. The erroneous references to specimens as "types" have been noted and corrected in conformity with the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. The types of a total of 104 species are listed herein, out of about 370 known species of podotreme crabs. Photographs of most of the type specimens are also provided. A bibliography and an index are included.

Restricted, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), Restricted, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted, SALOMON 1, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6

Species of the bivalve family Lucinidae form a previously unrecognized and signifi cant component of bivalve assemblages at bathyal depths (150-1000 m) in the Indo-West Pacifi c province. Elliptiolucina labeyriei n. gen., n. sp., from 2570 m, is the deepest-occurring lucinid species. South-East Asian seas, from Taiwan to the Arafura Sea, are a hotspot of deep-water lucinid diversity, with 11 species recorded from the Philippines and 14 from Indonesia. Numerous species are in the 20-50 mm range, with several up to 75-80 mm in size, and Meganodontia acetabulum reaches 150 mm. Several species co-occur with representatives of the Vesicomyidae, characteristic of seep and vent communities. It is hypothesized that the lucinid species of this radiation live in discrete pockets of poorly oxygenated sediments enriched in sulfi de by plant debris from nearby land masses and/or diffuse seeping. A parallel is drawn with the “Calcari a Lucina” from the Miocene of Europe. Nine new genera and 32 new species are described.

BENTHAUS, BORDAU 1, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMON 1, Restricted, Restricted, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2004

The numerous samples collected during the MUSORSTOM I, II and III expéditions in the Philippines to which were added those of the CORINDON II and IV expéditions in Indonesia, those of the « Vauban » made from 1970 to 1974 around Madagascar, as well as various others, particularly collected in the Red Sea, Australia and New Caledonia, have permitted a reexamination of the Indo- West-Pacific deep-sea Metapenaeopsis. Ten species, of which three, M. liui, M. angusta and M. erythraea, are new, and one subspecies, M. provocatoria longirostris, also new, are recognized. A key to the species and subspecies, as well as illustrations of each are included.

Restricted, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Samples collected around Madagascar and La Réunion, which included seven species of the genus Heierocarpus, led to the re-examination of all the Heterocarpus (nine species) reported previously from the region. A new species, H. calmani, which had been confounded until now with H. woodmasoni Alcock, 1901, is described. The occurrence of H. lepidus de Man, 1917, of which the specimens collected in the region had been identified wrongly as H. fricarinatus Alcock and Anderson, 1894, is proved. The re-examination of the type of H. unicarinaius Borradaile, 1915, only known specimen of this species, permits the completion of its description, but makes one wonder if this species really belongs to the genus Heterocarpus. Comparisons between specimens from Madagascar and La Réunion and specimens from the West-Pacific and from the Atlantic permit the consideration of variations associated with geographical areas and depths of sampling for H. dorsalis Bate, 1888, H. ensifer A. Milne Edwards, 1881, H. laevigaius Bate, 1888, H. lepidus de Man, 1917, and H. sibogae de Man, 1917. These comparisons also allow better definition of the features separating H. lepidus from H. gibbosus Bate, 1888, and H. iricarinatus. A careful examination of the (( ensifer )) complex permits the description of two new species, H. aniacula and H. huyasliii, and the elevation to specific rank of H. parvispina, considered, until now, to be a subspecies of H. ensifer. On the other hand, H. tricarinaius is split into two subspecies, H. tricarinaius iricarinaius, found in the Indian Ocean, and H. [ricarinatus angustus subsp. Nov., found in the West-Pacific. A key is offered for their dentification of the 25 recognized species and subspecies of the genus. Moreover, attention is drawn to the interest often presented by the coloration in the species of this genus.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CORINDON 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMCB

Twenty-seven species of penaeid shrimp, belonging to the Benthesicymidae, Aristeidae and Solenoceridae families, were collected during the MUSORSTOM 1, 2 and 3 expeditions in the Philippines. None of them are new but several had not been previously reported from the Philippines and the known geographical range of some has been considerably extended. This is the case, particularly, with Parahepomadus vaubani Crosnier, 1978, known in Madagascar and Haliporus taprobanensis Alcock and Anderson, 1899, known in Madagascar and Southern India. An observation of distinct variations in Hymenopenaeus equalis (Bate, 1888) caused us to reassess specimens previously identified as this species by various authors, to correct some of these identifications and to determine more clearly the range of this species. This revision has led us to reexamine the synthypes of H. obliquirostris (Bate, 1881), only the female of which is known, and to publish drawings of specimens collected around the Hawaii islands, wrongly identified as H. equalis by Rathbun in 1906, and which must belong to an undescribed species very colsely related to H. obliquirostris. This, and the examination of the other Hymenopenaeus species in our samples, led us to attempt a better definition of the differences distinguishing H. obliquirostris, the species from Hawaii, H. neptunus (Bate, 1881), H. halli Bruce, 1966, and H. furici Crosnier, 1978. An examination of specimens belonging to Solenocera novaezelandiaa, Borradaile, 1916, supports the synonymy of this species with S. comata Stebbing, 1915, the slight differences observed being perhaps at most distinctive of forms. On the other hand we do not consider S. alticarinata Kubo, 1949, to be synonymous with S. choprai Nataraj, 1945, as several previous authors have done. Lastly, we distinghished two forms, alfonso and inermis, of Solenocera alfonso Pérez Farfante, 1981.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

This paper is a continuation of the work published in 1987, in which a group of 10 species and one subspecies of Indo-West Pacific Metapenaeopsis without stridulating organs were treated. The study presented here is based on abundant material supplied by a large number of ORSTOM collections made in the Indo-West Pacific (Madagascar, Seychelles and New Caledonia) and by joint expéditions by ORSTOM and the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (MUSORSTOM 1-6, CORINDON, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1 and 2 cruises) in the Philippines, Indonesia, New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands and by the MD 32 cruise in the vicinity of La Réunion, supported by the TAAF (Terres Australes et Antarctiques Françaises). Additional material from the collections of the National Muséum of Natural History, Washington, from several Australian Muséums, as well as from the Muséums of Amsterdam, Leiden, Copenhagen and Frankfürt was also examined. Problems have occurred because of insufficient original descriptions and these have resulted in many errors in the Iiterature. All the type specimens have been re-examined (except for M. gallensis Pearson which is apparently lost), and also most of the specimens cited in the Iiterature. Corrected identifications and distributions are given. Among the species previously described, 18 are recognized as valid, either as species or as subspecies : M. assimilis (de Man, 1920), M. ceylonica Starobogatov, 1972, M. commensalis Borradaile, 1898, M. dalei (Rathbun, 1902), M. distincta (de Man, 1907), M. evermanni (Rathbun, 1906), M. faouzii (Ramadan, 1938), M. gallensis (Pearson, 1905), M. hilarula (de Man, 1911), M. Iamellata (de Haan, 1844), M. mannarensis de Bruin, 1965, M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904), M. mogiensis mogiensis (Rathbun, 1902), M. quinquedenta (de Man, 1907), M. tarawensis Racek & Dali, 1965, M. vaillanti (Nobili, 1904), M. velutina (Dana, 1852), M. wellsi Racek, 1967. Six species are considered to be synonyms : M. borradailei (de Man, 1911) = M. commensalis Borradaile, 1898. M. bruini Starobogatov, 1972 = M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904). M. caliper Liu & Zhong et al., 1988 = M. velutina (Dana, 1852). M. insona Racek & Dali, 1965 = M. velutina (Dana, 1852). M. perlarum (Nobili, 1905) = M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904). M. raceki Starobogatov, 1972 = M. assimilis (de Man, 1920). Fifteen species and 2 subspecies are described as new : M. costata, M. difficilis, M. gaillardi, M. incisa, M. laubieri, M. marquesas, M. menoui, M. mogiensis complanata, M. mogiensis intermedia, M. parahilarula, M. persica, M. propinqua, M. proxima, M. quadrilobata, M. richeri, M. spatulata, M. spiridonovi. A total of 35 species and subspecies (not counting one form described under the name M. aff. Distincta which is probably new) are treated. Thus 46 species and subspecies of Metapenaeopsis lacking stridulating organs are now known to occur in the Indo-West Pacific. Two identification keys are presented : one for males, another for females. They are mainly intended as a guide to the numerous figures included in the paper. Illustrations of the genitalia provide assistance in recognizing the characters used to separate the species. All the petasmata are depicted with lobes both closed and separated. Depth zones and geographic distributions of all the species are presented in tabular form. As with previous studies high species diversity of the Philippines-Indonesia fauna is evident. Déductions about the biogeography must be regarded with caution because they may reflect differences in sampling effort across the various areas and also because many small species have not been adequately collected. It is of particular interest to note that in the New Caledonian region, where there have been many collections made using a variety of methods, 17 species are known, whereas from the vast Philippines-Indonesia region only 19 have been recorded and only 9 from the whole of Australia. Finally some general considerations on the genus Metapenaeopsis are presented and it is suggested that the species currently assigned to it should perhaps be placed in 2 or 3 genera. An effort has been made to define the groups that might be deserving more formal recognition.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restricted, Restricted, SMIB 5

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), Restricted, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restricted, SMIB 5

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), Restricted, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restricted, Restricted, SMIB 5

Penaeopsis (Crustacea, Decapoda, Penaeidae) collected in the south-west Pacific by French expeditions since 1976. Description of a new species. This work is based on collections made in the south-west Pacific by IRD (ex ORSTOM) and the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. It deals with four species of Penaeopsis Bate, 188 1: P challengeri de Man, 1911, P eduardoi Perez Farfante, 1977, P rectacuta (Bate, 188 1), and a new species, P mclaughlinae n. sp. Depth zones and geographic distributions of the three known species are revised, especially those of P challengeri. Penaeopsis mclaughlinae n. sp. is closely related to P eduardoi but it is easily distinguished by the more sinuous shape of the distal part of the ventrolateral lobules of the petasma, and the large rounded protuberance on the median plate of the thelycum.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SMIB 10

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

This work deals with 31 species of Sicyonia H. Milne Edwards, 1830, based on the collections made by the IRD (ex ORSTOM) and the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, and on the collections of 28 other museums. Nineteen species are considered valid: S. australiensis Hanamura Wadley, 1998; S. benthophila de Man, 1907; S. bispinosa de Haan, 1850; S. curvirostris Balss, 1913; S. fallax de Man, 1907; S. furcata Miers, 1878; S. inflexa (Kubo, 1949); S. japonica Balss, 1914; S. laevis Bate, 1881; S. lancifer (Olivier, 1811); S. longicauda Rathbun, 1906; S. nasica Burukovsky, 1990; S. ocellata Stimpson, 1860; S. parafallax Crosnier, 1995; S. parvula de Haan, 1850; S. rectirostris de Man, 1907; S. trispinosa de Man, 1907; S. truncata (Kubo, 1949) and S. vitulans (Kubo, 1949). Four species are considered to be synonyms: S. cristata (de Haan, 1844) = S. lancifer; S. formosa (Chan & Yu, 1985) = S. furcata; S. ommanneyi Hall, 1961 = S. ocellata; S. nebulosa Kubo, 1949 = S. laevis. Twelve species are described as new: S. abathophila n. sp., S. adunca n. sp., S. altirostrum n. sp., S. dejouanneti n. sp., S. komai n. sp., S. longicornis n. sp., S. metavitulans n. sp., S. parajaponica n. sp., S. robusta n. sp., S. rocroi n. sp., S. rotunda n. sp. and S. taiwanesis n. sp. Some forms, near S. australiensis and S. dejouanneti n. sp., are mentioned but not named because the material available is insufficient. An attempt is made to classify the Indo-West Pacific species of Sicyonia into eight groups. Some groups are coherent, while others are certainly artificial. Some species cannot be placed in any of the groups and the placement of several species known from one sex only remains hazardous. An identification key is presented. Particular care was taken in illustrating the genitalia, which provide the most important characters for recognizing the species. Colour photographs show the coloration of living specimens of 17 species. Depth zones and geographic distributions of all the species are presented in tabular form. As with previous studies, high species diversity of the Philippines-Indonesia fauna is evident, as well as the reduction of the number of species when one moves away from the area, except for New Caledonian area because of the unusually high h density of the samples collected in this area.

Restricted, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, Restricted, Restricted, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, Restricted, TAIWAN 2000, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A systematic study of the ctenostome and anascan cheilostome (malacostegan, cellularine, and scruparioid) Bryozoa collected during the recent set of MUSORSTOM cruises has yielded 12 families, 26 genera and subgenera, 51 species and 4 subspecies, mostly from bathyal depths. Only 6 of the species have previously been recorded from New Caledonian waters. The new taxa comprise 1 family (Leiosalpingidae), 3 genera (Candomenipea, Candoscrupocellaria, Astoleiosalpinx), 2 subgenera (Beanodendria, Thaminozoum), 15 species and 4 subspecies. Also newly recorded for the first time from New Caledonian waters are 5 families (4 ctenostomatous), 14 généra (4 ctenostomatous) and 25 species ; 11 of the latter are common to New Caledonia and New Zealand in deeper waters.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, Restricted, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

This study concerns the systematics of Entoprocta and Cheilostomate Bryozoa (infraorders Pseudomalacostegomorpha and Cryptocystomorpha) collected during various cruises around New Caledonia. One new entoproct species is described in the genus Loxokalypus, and 12 families (1 new), 27 genera (2 new), and 40 species (16 new) of Bryozoa are recorded. The new bryozoan taxa comprise the family Bryopastoridae, the genera Lamoitrouxia and Promicroa and the subgenus Henrimilnella. A new key is provided for the identification of genera of Cellariidae. A new species of the buguloidean bryozoan Himantozoum is also provided. The genus Pseudothyracella, previously known only from the Paleogene of Northwestern Europe and North America, is represented by a new, living species. Thirteen genera and 19 species are newly recorded in the New Caledonian fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

An inventory of the currently known species of Anthomatinae is presented, with accounts of their main specific characters and geographic distribution, based in part on previously unpublished information. Two new species are described: Anthomastus bayeri M.-J. d’Hondt n. sp., from the Chatham Islands (44°23’ S, 179°40’ W) and Pseudoanthomastus paravenustus M.-J. d’Hondt n. sp., from Amsterdam Island (38°43’ S, 77°28’ E).

CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MD04 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 5

Pleurobranchaeidae from deep sea collections made off the Philippines, Indonesia, Coral Sea, Vanuatu, and the Marquesas Islands, are investigated. Pleurobranchaea catherinae sp. novo is described from depths between 346 and 820 m and represents the first deep-sea species of Pleurobranchaea from the Indo-Pacific. Pleurobranchella nicobarica Thiele, 1925 is newly recorded from Vanuatu, Philippines and the Marquesas, and its anatomy is described. Gigantonotum Lin & Tchang, 1965 is confirmed as a synonym of Pleurobranchella.

KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

Over the last decade or so, much has been written on the classification of Decapoda, fuelled by a surge in molecular phylogenetic studies, as well as close scrutiny of internal and external morphological characteristics. As discussed by Fransen & De Grave (2009), such studies on shrimps are still somewhat ”thin on the ground”, at least compared to the more extensive work done on the Brachyura and Anomura. At a higher level in decapod classification it has long been recognised that three distinct lineages of shrimps can be distinguished: Dendrobranchiata, Stenopodidea and Caridea, a system which has not been seriously challenged by recent studies. The internal classification of Dendrobranchiata and Stenopodidea alike has been stable for some time, with the only major addition being the family Macromaxillocarididae Alvarez, Iliffe & Villalobos (2006) to the Stenopodidea in recent years. A different picture has emerged for Caridea very recently with Bracken et al. (2009) and Chan et al. (2010), both drawing attention to the non-monophyletic status of certain superfamilies and families. Further, we are aware of work currently in progress (some by the authors of this compilation) corroborating the hypothesis that the current classification of Caridea is unnatural, lines of study which will lead to the resurrection of certain family names as well as further refinement to other families. As one of our objectives for the current effort was to link this compilation of species level information with the earlier work by Chace (1992) for families and Holthuis (1993a) for genera, we have elected to largely follow the classification outlined by De Grave et al. (2009) which builds upon this earlier work. As such, it was deemed advisable to include the recently resurrected family Acanthephyridae Spence Bate, 1888 in the superfamily Oplophoroidea, rather than in this catalogue to create a new superfamily, which would perhaps be more congruent with the results in Chan et al. (2010). Although we follow herein the classification scheme of De Grave et al. (2009), two recent changes have been implemented. The clarification of the status of Galatheacaris abyssalis Vereshchaka, 1997a, as the megalopal stage of Eugonatonotus chacei Chan & Yu, 1991a, by De Grave et al. (2010) resulted in the removal of the family Galatheacarididae and superfamily Galatheacaridoidea in the current listing. Bracken et al. (2010) clarified the status of the family Procarididae, resulting in the recognition of a fourth group of shrimp, Infraorder Procarididea.

BATHUS 2, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, Restricted, VAUBAN 1978-1979

CALSUB, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7

The small family Retroplumidae, one of the smallest among Barchyura, includes only two genera in the Recent fauna : Retropluma Gill, 1874, with 6 species, two of which are new ; and Bathypluma, gen. nov., with three species, two of which are also new. The first part of this work deals with systematics of the family. It is based mainly upon the material collected in the Philippines in the course of the first three MUSORSTOM expeditions. In addition to the description of the new taxa, Retropluma serenei, R. quadrata, Bathypluma spinifer and B. forficula, the previoulsy known ones are revised. This is supplemented by a few comments on the geographical and bathymetrical distribution of the various species, and by a few remarks concerning their ecology. In the second part, a critical review of fossil remains attributed to the family reveals that only Eurafricans or Asiatic fossils belong with certainty to the retroplumid lineage and that the species of American origin so far described should be excluded from the group. A detailed story of both living and extint species of retroplumids shows the great originality of this little group, which is unique in particular so far as the morphology of the orbito-antennary region and of the posterior thoracic region go. They appear in the fossil records from the origin of the upper Cretaceous, and it may be surmised that they represent an early offshoot of the main eubrachyuran, or true crab, line. The rank of superfamily herein assigned to the family Retroplumidae indicates the impossibility of linking this small group to any other family of Brachyura.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The genus Eumunida, belonging to the family Chirostylidae, is represented in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands by seven species, ail of them new to Science : Eumunida keijii, E. sternomaculata, E. annulosa, E. capillata, E. parva, E. minor and E. marginata. Four species (E. sternomaculata, E. annulosa, E. capillata, and E. parva) are very common at depths between 400 and 600 meters, being currently caught at the same stations. The other species are scarce, and hâve been collected either at the same depths (E. keijii), or in shallower waters (E. minor and E. marginata). The high abundance of thèse species could be related to the présence on the bottom of hydrocorallians of the family Stylasteridae. Three species (E. keijii, E. annulosa and E. sternomaculata) belong to the group A after GORDON (1930), characterized by a spine on either side of the sternal segment bearing the chelipeds. The latter two of thèse species hâve a pad on the ventral surface of the palm. E. keijii is closely related to E. pacifica Gordon, 1930, from the south of Timor, but, among other différences, the two are readily distinguished by the size of the first hepatic spine, the médian sinus of the third thoracic sternite and the scales on the sternal segments. E. sternomaculata resembles E. sp., from southeast Australia (E. picta, GORDON, 1930, in part) ; both are nevertheless easily distinguished by the shape of the frontal part of the carapace, the direction of the supraorbital spines and the relative lengths of the anterolateral spines and antennal peduncles. E. annulosa is close to E. sternomaculata. Thèse two species are differentiated by the shape of the rostral spines, the ornamentation of the carapace, the length and shape of the chelipeds and the présence or absence of a disto-mesial spine on the carpus of the chelipeds. E. marginata, E. capillata, E. parva and E. minor belong to the group B, after GORDON, that has no spine on either side of the sternal segment bearing the chelipeds. With the exception of E. parva, ail the other species are provided with a pad on the ventral surface of the palm. E. parva is closely related to E. smithii Henderson, 1883, from the south of Timor, and to E. propior Baba, 1988, from the Philippines. A discussion about the identity of the material of E. smithii from différent expéditions and the relationships between the three species is provided. The maies of thèse three species are characterized by the présence of pleopods on the second to fifth abdominal segments. E. capillata is very close to E. parva, but can be easily distinguished from it by a number of characters. The main différence is the présence of a pad on the ventral surface of the cheliped palm in capillata, and its absence in parva. E. minor is the smallest représentative of the genus. The species is clearly distinguishable from ail the others of the group B by the présence of two prominent spines on the merus of the third maxillipeds, and of four longitudinal rows of spines on the merus of the cheliped. Its closest relative is E. balssi Gordon, 1930. E. marginata is related to E. gordonae Baba, 1973, from Japan. However, the length and the spinulation of the pereopods are very different.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

A new nassariid species from deep water in Philiippine and Japanese waters is described as Nassarius kooli n. sp. It has a striking appearance with a deep channel along the suture and with a colour pattern of brown squarish blots.

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

A new right eyed flounder, Samariscus hexaradiatus, is described on the basis of two specimens collected from the Solomon Islands, southwestern Pacific Ocean, at depths of 135-325 m. The new species is distinguished from other species of the genus by the following characters: 6 pectoral-fin rays; 82 dorsal-fin rays and 60-62 anal-fin rays; 9 abdominal vertebrae and 32 caudal vertebrae; presence of ctenoid scales on the interorbital space and high number (74-75) of lateral-line scales. Ocular side of body light brown with four and three distinguishable horseshoe-shaped spots along margins of both dorsal and ventral profiles, respectively. Two indistinct dusky blotches on the lateral line, one situated before the distal end part of the pectoral fin when flattened posteriorly, the other placed near the last one-third of the body length. Two distinct black spots placed on the upper and lower margins of the caudal peduncle at the posterior end of the dorsal and anal fins, respectively. Pectoral fin with dark pigmentation. Dorsal and anal fins dusky brown near the proximal and distal ends of the fin-rays, respectively, and with distinct series of small dusky spots on the medial parts the fin-rays.

BATHUS 4, BOA0, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1

The Indo-Pacific species of Trivia, Dolichupis and Trivellona are revised, based on the most abundant and comprehensive material ever brought together and reveals a previously unsuspected diversity of Triviinae in the upper bathyal zone (200-500 m) of the tropical West Pacific. The description of this fauna gives an opportunity to reevaluate the validity of numerous species- and genus-group taxa recognized earlier, both in the littoral and deep water zones. The present paper deals with Trivia Broderip, 1837, Decoriatrivia Cate, 1979, Dolichupis Iredale, 1930, and Trivellona Iredale, 1931. A forthcoming study will deal with Trivirostra Jousseaume, 1884, Cleotrivia Iredale, 1930, and Semitrivia Cossmann, 1903. By First Reviser action, Ellatrivia Iredale, 1931 is given precedence over Fossatrivia Iredale, 193 I . Decoriatrivia is treated as a subgenus of Trivia; Dolichupis is regarded as generically distinct from Pusula; the nominal genus Pseudotrivia is synonymized with Trivellona. Trivia (T.) cylindrica sp. novo from the Philippines, and Trivia (T.) vitrosphaera sp. nov., from New Caledonia, represent the first records of Trivia (T.) in the Indo-Pacific. Their deep-water occurrence contrasts with that of the six or so species from the littoral of the temperate and tropical eastern Atlantic. Dolichupis malvabasis sp. nov., a deep water species from the Philippines, is closely related to the type species and sole other representative of Dolichupis, D. producta (Gaskoin, 1836). Nine named and six new species are recognized in Trivellona: T. bulla sp. nov., T. conjonctiva sp. nov., T. oligopleura sp. nov., T. syzygia sp. novo and T. galea sp. nov., all from New Caledonia, and T. eglantina sp. novo from the Philippines. Trivia valerieae Hart, 1996 [= Erato tetatua Hart, 1996, syn. Nov.; First Reviser] is treated as a SW Pacific subspecies of T. paucicostata (Schepman, 1909); T. Shimajiriiensis McNeil, 1961, described from the Pliocene of Okinawa, is now recorded in the Recent fauna of the Philippines. Pusula niasensis Wissema, 1948 is a new synonym of Dolichupis producta (Gaskoin, 1836), Pseudotrivia sagamiensis KUI'oda & Habe, 1971 is a new synonym of T. sibogae (Schepman, 1909), and Fossatrivia suduirauti Lorenz, 1996 is a new synonym of T. speciosa (Kuroda & Cate, 1979). Three nominal species described by Cate (1979) supposedly from the Philippines are shown to be wrongly localized and synonyms of Atlantic taxa: Pseudotrivia samarensis is synonymized with Trivia (T.) arctica (Pulteney, 1799) from Europe, and Pseudotrivia dumaliensis and Niveria (Cleotrivia) aquatanica are both synonymized with Niveria (N) nix Schilder, 1922 from the Caribbean. Decoriatrivia halians Cate, 1979 and D. but'ius Cate, 1979 are both synonymized with Trivia (Decoriatrivia) pauci!irata Sowerby, 1870 from the Panamic Province.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Tibia (Rimellopsis) laurenti, new sp. from the Indo-Pacific region is described on the basis of conchological characters.

BIOCAL, Restricted, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Ten species of Sipunculans collected during a survey of the bathyal fauna of seas off the coast of the Philippines (cruises ESTASE 2 and MUSORSTOM 3) and near New Caledonia (cruises BIOCAL and MUSORSTOM 4) are described and identified. The commonest species in the Philippine collection was Sipunculus robustus and in the New Caledonian Nephasoma diaphanes and Onchnesoma magnibathum. No new species are recorded. Only two species of Echiurians were collected ; the specimens were unfortunately in too poor a state for precise identification.

BIOCAL, Restricted, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Four new species of Halgerda from the deep western Pacific Ocean are described. Halgerda fibra n. sp. was found in the Philippines at depths near 90 m and is also recorded from the New Caledonia region in 90-400 m. The new species differs from other Halgerda in its reproductive morphology. The ampulla is larger and more coiled than other Halgerda and the vagina is also much larger and more bulbous than other members of the genus. Halgerda abyssicola n. sp. was found near Vanuatu at depths of 207-280 m and from the Coral Sea in 385-420 m. Its reproductive morphology is unusual for a species of Halgerda in that the penis and vagina are both extremely large and bulbous. Halgerda azteca n. sp. was found near Norfolk Ridge, south of New Caledonia at depths from 230-367 m. Its reproductive morphology differs from other Halgerda species primarily due to its long, coiled ejaculatory duct and prominent vaginal sphincter. Halgerda orstomi n. sp. was found near Vanuatu at depths between 160-251 m; from the Philippines at 92-95 m and from New Caledonia at 120 m. Halgerda orstomi has an unusual vaginal sphincter and bulbous vagina which distinguishes it from other Halgerda species. The ranges and depths of three additional, previously described Halgerda species: H. brunneomaculata Carlson & Hoff, 1993, H. carlsoni Rudman, 1978 and H. dalanghita Fahey & Gosliner, 1999 are also extended.

BATHUS 3, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

Porcellanasteridae Sladen, 1883 is a family of mud-dwelling sea stars, living in bathyal and abyssal environments. Among the twelve currently recognized genera of this family, Benthogenia Fisher, 1911 is the only one known occurring at depth shallower than 1000 m. Benthogenia differs from all other porcellanasterids by having cribriform organs between all its marginals, from the disc to the tip of the arms. Benthogenia cribellosa Fisher, 1911 is reported from a locality as shallow as 111 m, and a new species, Benthogenia mahi n. sp., is described from material housed in the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN). Benthogenia mahi n. sp. is represented by twelve specimens, collected at depth ranging from 400 to 1200 m during four different expeditions. Benthogenia cribellosa is represented by two specimens from the MNHN, plus the holotype and two specimens from the National Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution), Washington D.C. Benthogenia mahi n. sp. differs from B. cribellosa mostly by having more robust arms, fewer oral and adambulacral spines, and by the cribriform organs not covering the entire surface of the superomarginals of the disc. Molecular data (16S rDNA) were also used as an independent dataset to test for divergence between the two species. Benthogenia mahi n. sp. occurs in New Caledonia, Solomon Islands and Vanuatu, whereas B. cribellosa is only known from the Philippines. Detailed descriptions of both species are provided, as well as a detailed description of the skeleton of the new species.

BATHUS 1, CONCALIS, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMONBOA 3

AURORA 2007, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SANTO 2006

The family Pylochelidae or « symetrical pagurids » (Crustacea Coenobitoidea). Pylochelid Pagurids differ mostly from all other members of the section by a well developped abdomen, in which ail segments are articulated and provided with a pair of appendages, similar in this way to many other Reptant Decapods. They are commonly called " symmetrical " Pagurids, but this is not correct, since in one genus the abdomen, telson and pleopods are noticeably asymmetrical. Our knowledge of the group was restricted to 16 species, recorded from a few rather deep water stations in Indo-West-Pacific and Western Atlantic, most of them known only from their type localities. The abundance of new material, originating mainly from Albatross dredgings and from recent French explorations in the I.W.P. has led to the present systematic revision. As a resuit, 24 new species or subspecies are added to the 16 previously established valid species ; the five known genera, Pomatocheles, Pylocheles, Mixtopagurus, Cheiroplatea, and Parapylocheles, have been redefined, some species of Cheiroplatea transfered to Pylocheles and the latter divided into three subgenera (Pylocheles, Xylocheles subgen. Nov. And Bathycheles subgen. Nov.). Besides, two genera, Cancellocheles gen. Nov. And Trizocheles gen. Nov. Are created. The Pylochelidae could be considered up to now as a restricted family of infrequent species : apart from 3 forms reported in several occasions from Japanese waters, the whole number of specimens recorded in literature did not exceed 60, captured in about 30 stations. The present revision includes more than 400 specimens, collected in ca. 200 stations ! The importance of Pylochelid fauna in tropical and subtropical waters must therefore not be neglected, and, most probably, new taxa and new localities will be added in the future. This research however has not been restricted to the description of new forms. Investigations on relationships between the various généra have shown that the whole group is made up of several distinct phyletic lines, whose respective affinities do not appear clearly, and the family had to be divided, at least provisionnaly, into 6 subfamilies. Regarding the systematic position of the Pylochelidae within the section Paguridea, they are classified in the superfamily Coenobitoidea, and a comparative study of their main characters suggests that they are close to the family Diogenidae. They cannot however be regarded as primitive représentatives of that family : both Diogenidae and Pylochelidae probably have a common ancestor, but evolved separately along various phyletic lines. In the taxonomic part of this work is also described and illustrated for the first time the glaucothoe stage of a Pylochelid, Pomatocheles stridulans sp. Nov. The richness of the new material at the origin of the systematic revision of the family has also provided a quantity of information on the ecology or the habitat of many forms, and on the interprétation of various adaptive morphological structures. According to their dwelling, généra and subgenera can be classified, as a whole, as xylicolous, petricolous, tusk-dwellers, spongicolous, with a few specific or individual exceptions. In connection with the habitat, adaptive features have been described : opercular structures, boring "rasp", stridulating apparatus... The Pylochelidae are known from two disjunct areas, the Indo West-Pacific (36 species or subspecies in 6 genera and 5 subfamilies) and the North Western Atlantic (4 species in 3 généra and 2 subfamilies). In Indo- West Pacific, their distribution is extremely wide, from South Africa to the Kermadec Islands, and from Japan (ca. 38° N) to southern New Zealand (ca. 46° S). Indonesia, with 14 species and 5 généra appears as the center of dispersion and diversification. Japanese endemism is noteworthy : one genera and 6 out of the 7 species have not been reported elsewhere. In North Western Atlantic Pylochelidae, poorly represented, extend from Bardados to the North Western part of the Gulf of Mexico and from ca. 10° N to 35° N. Two genera only, belonging to the sole non monotypic subfamily (Pylochelinae) provide a biogeographical link, probably from Tethyan origin, between the two areas. The probable relation between the availability of dwelling material and the geographical distribution is also discussed. The vertical distribution extends from 30 to 1,570 meters, but the group is mostly represented between 200 and 500 m, where 28 species have been found. 3 species only are presumably usually living above 200 m, 9 have been recorded from 500 to 750 m and no more than 5 beyond.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, Restricted, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

MUSORSTOM 3

MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Crustacea Decapoda Anomura : Revision of the genus Trizopagurus Forest, 1952 (Diogenidae), with the establishment of two new genera. Prior to the present study, the genus Trizopagurus Forest, 1952, included ten species, mostly from the Indo-West Pacific, but two of them from the Eastern Atlantic and one from the Eastern Pacific. Following the examination of about 350 spécimens, this genus has now been revised and two new genera established, Ciliopagurus gen. Nov. And Strigopagurus gen. Nov. In addition 24 species are assigned to the three gênera, 14 of thèse being described as new. After an introduction that discusses the examined material and the methods used in the taxonomic study, a chapter is devoted to the characters that led to the partition of genus Trizopagurus, namely the shape of the cephalothoracic shield, ornamentation of thoracic appendages, organization of the pleopods, and the stridulatory structures. Thèse structures, described and compared in the following chapter, are of particular interest since they can be used to define the three gênera. Their homologies indicate an evolutionary trend from Trizopagurus via Ciliopagurus to Strigopagurus and the three gênera are studied following the order of this cline. The systematic section first gives an account on the current status of the Diogenidae, recently enriched with four gênera. The characters of each genus are tabulated and their comparison used to define some groupings. In most cases, the genera brought together in a same group show marked differentiations and are not closely related. However, the three genera presently studied form a coherent unit, especially on account of the stridulatory structures, which are peculiar and unique, not only within the family, but in ail decapods. An identification key is provided for ail known genera of Diogenidae.The systematic treatment of the three studied gênera comprises references, diagnosis and définitions, together with remarks on the affinities of the included species. Key s for species identification are provided. For each species are given références, a full synonymy, a list of examined material, informations on type spécimens, a description and an account of variations, when enough spécimens are available. In the remarks, the main distinctive morphological features are pointed out and compared with those of related species. Are also mentioned the size distribution by sex, the identified inhabited shells, and the distribution. Trizopagurus Forest, 1952, is characterized by the relatively weak development of the stridulatory elements, which are fewer, less differenciated and grouped in less distinct patches than in the other two genera. The ornamentation of the chelipeds consists of slightly projecting and rounded teeth or tubercles, in front of which short setae (ciliae) are located in semicircular rows. In both sexes, there are four biramous pleopods on the left side of the abdomen, the last one smaller and never oviferous in the female. The three species inhabit shallow water, usually in the tidal zone. T. magnificus (Bouvier, 1898) belongs to the tropical fauna of the eastern Pacific. T. melitai (Chevreux & Bouvier, 1892) and T. rubrocinctus Forest & Raso, 1990, are both from the tropical northeastern Atlantic. In Ciliopagurus gen. Nov., the stridulatory structures are looking like fine, corneous, parallel rods, grouped in several neatly separated patches, which are homologous in the different species. The first three thoracic legs are ornamented by transverse ciliated striae, with much longer setae in some species. There are four unpaired biramous pleopods in both sexes, the last one equal to the others and always oviferous in the female. The species can be separated into two groups, according to whether the ridges on the carpus and propodus of chelipeds, along the transverse striae, are smooth or tuberculated-denticulated. The first group includes eight species : C. strigatus (Herbst, 1804), C. îricolor sp. Nov., C. krempfi (Forest, 1952), C. caparti (Forest, 1952), C. albatrossi sp. Nov., C. shebae (Lewinsohn, 1969), C. macrolepis sp. Nov. Et C. liui sp. Nov. The second group comprises also eight species : C tenebrarum (Alcock, 1905), C. haigae sp. Nov., C. hawaiiensis (McLaughlin & Bailey-Brock, 1975), C. pacificus, C. plessisi, C. major, C. alcocki and C. babai spp. nov. The genus Ciliopagurus, which is widely distributed, includes one species, C. caparti, from the tropical eastern Atlantic. All others are from the tropical Indo-West Pacific, from the Red Sea and southeastern Africa to Japan and the Hawaiian and Marquesas Islands. The bathymetry range is highly variable. In the first group two species are restricted to very shallow water, mostly from the tidal zone. The other ones are distributed from 50 to 120 m, except for the eurybathic C. krempfi, which has been collected between 10 and 300 m. The second group is mostly présent from 120 to 480 m, one species reaching probably a greater depth. The genus Ciliopagurus gen. Nov. Also includes a fossil pagurid from the Middle Miocène, previously known as Dardanus substriatiformis (Lorenthey) and related to the species of the second group.The genus Strigopagurus gen. Nov. Is provided with the most differentiated and accomplished stridulatory structures. They consist of relatively thick corneous rods, arranged in strongly individualized patches, the larger of which appearing as distinctly channelled plates. The carpus and manus of the chelipeds are covered dorsally with strong teeth that end in a thin corneous spine. Thinner corneous teeth are also present on the two following appendages. As usual within the Diogenidae, except Paguristes and Paguropsis, there are no appendages on the first abdominal segment. In the female, the four pleopods are unpaired and biramous, the last one being only partially oviferous. But the second abdominal segment of the maie is usually supplied with a pair of pleopods, which, according to the species, are modified or not as gonopods ; the following three appendages are unpaired and biramous. The five species can be separated into two groups. The first comprises two species without a differentiation of the paired maie pleopods, i. e. S. strigimanus (White, 1847) and S. elongatus sp. nov. The three species with differentiated gonopods, S. bilineatus, S. boreonotus and S. poupini spp. nov. Form the second group. Strigopagurus gen. nov. Is not as extensively distributed as Ciliopagurus gen. nov., being found only from the eastern Indian Océan to Japan and Polynesia. The genus is not strictly tropical, since the two species with undifferenciated pleopods inhabit the southern Australia. One of the other three species is known only from Queensland and another from Polynesia. The last one, present in eastern Indonesia, New Caledonia, the Philippines and Japan, is the only species of the genus spreading north of the Equator. The species of the first group inhabit relatively shallow water, usually from a few to about a hundred meters. The other species are all present at about 250 m, but one of them, the most widely distributed, is still relatively common to 500 m. Finally, a general account of the geographic and bathymetric distribution of genera and species is given and illustrated with maps and a table.

BATHUS 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Laurentaeglyphea, a new genus for the second recent species of Glypheid recently discovered. (Crustacea Decapoda Glypheidae). In 1975, a recent member of a large group of Crustacea Decapoda was described as Neoglyphea inopinata Forest & de Saint Laurent, until now only known as fossils and presumed extinct since the Eocene. The only known specimen had been collected in the Philippine waters, in 1908, at a depth of 200 m. During the next years, three oceanographical expeditions gave more adult specimens, allowing complete study of the species. From its morphology, it appeared that the status attributed to glypheids in the past in the classification of Decapoda Crustacea was quite erroneous. This group, until then considered as related to Palinurids (rock lobsters) was in fact much closer to Astacids (lobster, crayfish, etc.). In 1982, N. inopinata was recorded from the other side of Equator, from the Timor Sea. In October 2005, a second living species of glypheid was discovered southwest of New Caledonia. It was named Neoglyphea neocaledonica B. Richer de Forges, 2006. However, important and significant differences set apart the two species, especially the ornamentation of the cephalothorax, the conformation of the cephalic part and the proportions of epistom and thoracic appendages, being much more robust. It seems justified to establish, for the more recently described species, a new genus, Laurentaeglyphea, much closer to fossil forms.

EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

EBISCO, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Until recently, the family Glypheidae (Decapoda, Reptantia) was known from fossils only, and consequently presumed extinct for 50 million years. However, in 1975 scientists of the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris recognized a Recent specimen as belonging to this family. The specimen had been collected in the Phillippines in 1908 at approx. 200 m depth, and had remained unidentified in the collections of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., since. That same year, the species was described as Neoglyphea inopinata Forest & de Saint Laurent, thus testifying the actual persistence of the group in today's marine fauna. Three expeditions in the same region, in 1976, 1980, and 1985, yielded another 20 specimens, all caught alive. The subsequent study of those specimens would indicate that the phylogenetic position assigned to the glypheids until then had, in fact, been erroneous. The same applied to the other mesozoic families included in the superfamily Glypheoidea. The glypheoids had usually been placed next to the Scyllaridae and Eryonidae in the infraorder Palinura, and been considered probable ancestors of part of the remaining Decapoda Reptantia. However, their similarities would come out to result rather from analogous resemblances than from actual morphological affinities. In fact, after comparison of the principal characters of the three groups, we have been able to confirm that the Glypheoidea did not exhibit any true relationship with the two others. In contrast, they proved to be closer to the Astacidae and could, eventually, be ranked with those in the same infraorder. A number of recent publications, largely by palaeontologists and based in part on cladistic as well as molecular analyses, have lately supported this point of view. They completely reject the inclusion of the glypheoids in the Palinura, corroborate their affinities with the Astacidea, and exclude the possibility that they would represent a primitive group from which other Reptantia could have evolved. The lineage of the Glypheoidea most probably appeared in the Permian-Triassic, prospered in the Jurassic, and subsequently declined from the Cretaceous to the Eocene. It is apparent that the group has not become extinct during that era, but has silently persisted, without leaving fossil traces, with at least two representatives in today's living world. Indeed, a second species of glypheid has recently been discovered in the southwestern Pacific. Though described under the name Neoglyphea neocaledonica, it shows such differences with N. inopinata that I have established a new genus for this species, Laurentaeglyphea, which is even closer to the glypheids known from the Mesozoic and the Eocene.

EBISCO, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Until recently, the family Glypheidae (Decapoda, Reptantia) was known from fossils only, and consequently presumed extinct for 50 million years. However, in 1975 scientists of the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris recognized a Recent specimen as belonging to this family. The specimen had been collected in the Phillippines in 1908 at approx. 200 m depth, and had remained unidentified in the collections of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., since. That same year, the species was described as Neoglyphea inopinata Forest & de Saint Laurent, thus testifying the actual persistence of the group in today's marine fauna. Three expeditions in the same region, in 1976, 1980, and 1985, yielded another 20 specimens, all caught alive. The subsequent study of those specimens would indicate that the phylogenetic position assigned to the glypheids until then had, in fact, been erroneous. The same applied to the other mesozoic families included in the superfamily Glypheoidea. The glypheoids had usually been placed next to the Scyllaridae and Eryonidae in the infraorder Palinura, and been considered probable ancestors of part of the remaining Decapoda Reptantia. However, their similarities would come out to result rather from analogous resemblances than from actual morphological affinities. In fact, after comparison of the principal characters of the three groups, we have been able to confirm that the Glypheoidea did not exhibit any true relationship with the two others. In contrast, they proved to be closer to the Astacidae and could, eventually, be ranked with those in the same infraorder. A number of recent publications, largely by palaeontologists and based in part on cladistic as well as molecular analyses, have lately supported this point of view. They completely reject the inclusion of the glypheoids in the Palinura, corroborate their affinities with the Astacidea, and exclude the possibility that they would represent a primitive group from which other Reptantia could have evolved. The lineage of the Glypheoidea most probably appeared in the Permian-Triassic, prospered in the Jurassic, and subsequently declined from the Cretaceous to the Eocene. It is apparent that the group has not become extinct during that era but has silently persisted, without leaving fossil traces, with at least two representatives in today's living world. Indeed, a second species of glypheid has recently been discovered in the southwestern Pacific. Though described under the name Neoglyphea neocaledonica, it shows such differences with N. inopinata that I have established a new genus for this species, Laurentaeglyphea, which is even closer to the glypheids known from the Mesozoic and the Eocene.

EBISCO, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The deep water genus Kanamarua Kuroda, 1951 is distinguished from the buccinid genus Metula H. Adams & A. Adams, 1853 on the basis of shell sculpture and protoconch morphology. The original description of the genus is translated from Japanese. We consider Kanamarua as belonging to Colubrariidae according to Okutani (2000: 500-501). Previously known only from the Indo-West Pacific, the range of the genus is extended into the West Atlantic. Kanamarua adonis (Dall, 1919) is recorded from the Tanimbar Islands (Indonesia) and off Luzon and Mindoro Islands (Philippines), extending the range to the west and the south. Kanamarua tazimai Kuroda, 1951 is reinstated as a distinct species and removed from synonymy with K. adonis, the original description is translated from Japanese. Kanamarua rehderi Kilbum, 1977 and Metula vicdani Kosuge, 1989 are senior synonyms of Kanamarua hyatinthus Shikama, 1973, the taxon is briefly discussed with special attention to its wide geographie range. The species is recorded from Vanuatu Islands, extending the range in southwestern direction. Metula boswellae Kilbum, 1975 is transferred to Kanamarua, based on conchological characteristics. Kanamarua narcissisma sp. nov. (lndonesia and Australia) and Kanamanta francroberti sp. nov. (Guadeloupe) are here described.

CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8

The tropical deep-water Cominellinae commonly assigned to the genera Manaria E. A. Smith, 1906 and Eosipho Thiele, 1929 are revised. While the taxonomic details at the generic level were discussed by Kantor et al. (2013), the species level is discussed here. Twentyone new species are described: Manaria astrolabis n. sp. (French Polynesia), M. borbonica n. sp. (Réunion), M. circumsonaxa n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and the Solomons), M. corindoni n. sp. (Indonesia), M. corporosis n. sp. (the Solomons, Vanuatu, Coral Sea and New Caledonia), M. explicibilis n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and the Solomons), M. excalibur n. sp. (Indonesia and Western Australia), M. fluentisona n. sp. (the Solomons, Fiji, Wallis and Tonga), M. hadorni n. sp. (Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia), M. indomaris n. sp. (India), M. loculosa n. sp. (Fiji), M. lozoueti n. sp. (North Fiji Basin), M. terryni n. sp. (Mozambique Channel), M. tongaensis n. sp. (Tonga), M. tyrotarichoides n. sp. (Mozambique Channel), Calagrassor bacciballus n. sp. (Philippines), C. delicatus n. sp. (New Zealand), C. hespericus n. sp. (Mozambique), C. pidginoides n. sp. (Philippines, Papua New Guinea, the Solomons and Vanuatu), Enigmaticolus marshalli n. sp. (Kermadec Ridge, Monowai Caldera), and E. voluptarius n. sp. (New Caledonia). Considerable range extensions are recorded: Manaria kuroharai Azuma, 1960 is recorded from the Solomons, New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Tonga; M. brevicaudata (Schepman, 1911) is recorded from Taiwan, the Philippines, the Solomons and Fiji; and Calagrassor poppei (Fraussen, 2001) is recorded from Indonesia and the Solomons. Lathyrus jonkeri Koperberg, 1931, a fossil described from Indonesia, is recorded from the Recent fauna of Indonesia, Philippines and Fiji and is redescribed and placed in Manaria. Sipho jonkeri Koperberg, 1931, another fossil described from Indonesia in the same work, is a secondary homonym of Manaria jonkeri (Koperberg, 1931) and is renamed Manaria koperbergae nom. nov.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, Restricted, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VOLSMAR

A new labrid fish, Terelabrus zonalis sp. nov., the fourth species of the genus, is described on the basis of two specimens collected from the Philippines. The new species is characterized by 44 longitudinal series scale rows, 42 pored lateral-line scales, 11–12 gill rakers (including rudiments), the main supratemporal sensory canal with 8 branches posteriorly, the area bounded by the main supratemporal and postotic sensory canals (dorsal view) with 3 scale rows, the least distance between the orbit anteroventral margin and interopercle 7.0% of standard length and 18 faint silver vertical bands on the body in preserved specimens. An underwater photograph of T. dewapyle is reported as the first record of the species from the Philippines. A key to species of Terelabrus is provided.

MUSORSTOM 3

Forty-three species of sertulariid hydroids (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa: Sertulariidae), collected from the tropical western Pacific (Taiwan, Philippines, New Caledonia, French Polynesia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga, Solomon Islands) during various expeditions of the French Tropical Deep-Sea Benthos program, are discussed. Of these, nine are new to science: Gonaxia nova sp. nov., G. plumularioides sp. nov., Sertularella folliformis sp. nov., Se. plicata sp. nov., Se. pseudocatena sp. nov., Se. splendida sp. nov., Se. tronconica sp. nov., Se. tubulosa sp. nov., and Symplectoscyphus paucicatillus sp. nov. The subspecies Symplectoscyphus johnstoni (Gray, 1843) tropicus Vervoort, 1993 is raised to species but, in order to avoid the secondary homonymy with Sy. tropicus (Hartlaub, 1901), the replacement name, Sy. fasciculatus nom. nov., is introduced. The male and female gonothecae of Diphasia cristata Billard, 1920, the male gonothecae of Gonaxia elegans Vervoort, 1993, as well as the female gonothecae of Salacia macer Vervoort & Watson, 2003, are described for the first time. Additional notes on the morphology of several other species are provided. All taxa are illustrated, in most cases using figures drawn at the same scale, so as to highlight the differences between related species.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VOLSMAR

The collections of the deep water calappid crab genus Mursia at the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, assembled between 1971 and 1991 off Madagascar, the Philippines and New Caledonia, have been studied, in addition to material sought from other collections. Fifteen species have been identified, of which four are new : M. a/ricana, M. danigoi, M.flamma and M. musorstomia. The allied genus Platymera, formerly submerged within Mursia, is reinstated as a distinct genus. Ali taxa are described, photographed and illustrated, and a key to their identification is provided.

CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6

The polychelids are large, uncommon, primitive decapods that inhabit the depths of the world oceans down to 5000 m, between latitudes 50°N and 55°S. A study of major deep-sea collecdons led to a revision of the family. All genera and species are redescribed and extended synonymies given. Two new genera are established: Cardus, for Polycheles crucifer (Thomson, 1873) and Homeryon, for Polycheles asper Rathbun, 1906 and a new species, H. armarium. The genus Pentacheles Bate, 1878, is revived to include polychelids in which the epipod on third maxilliped is longer than the ischium: P. gibbus Alcock, 1894, P. laevis Bate, 1878, P. obscurus Bate, 1878, P. synderi (Rathbun, 1906) and P. validus A. Milne Edwards, 1880. Stereomastis Bate, 1888 is considered a synonym of Polycheles Heller, 1862. Willemoesia Grote, 1873 is retained with but four species: W. forceps A. Milne Edwards, 1880, W. inornata Faxon, 1893, W. leptodactyla (Willemoes-Suhm, 1875), and W. pacifica Sund, 1920. In all, thirty-two species are recognized, including six new species. The bathymétrie and geographic ranges are amended and discussed. A key to the genera and species of the family is provided.

Restricted, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, BIOGEOCAL, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), Restricted, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A study of major collections led to a revision of the Indo-Pacific leucosioid genus Myra Leach, 1817. The systematic status and nomenclatural disposition of each species was assessed, and many were diagnosed based on examination of the type material. A new genus, Myrine, is established for M. acutidens (Ihle, 1918) and M. kesslerii (Paulson, 1875). The genus Myrodes Bell, 1855, is synonymized with Myra. Nine species are retained as valid: M. affinis Bell, 1855, M. australis Haswell, 1880, M. brevimana Alcock, 1896, M. elegans Bell, 1855, M. eudactyla (Bell, 1855), M. fugax (Fabricius, 1798), M. grandis Zarenkov, 1990, M. mammillaris Bell, 1855, and M. subgranulata Kossmann, 1877. Five new species are established: M. celeris, M. currax, M. curtimana, M. pernix and M. tumidospina. All species are described and illustrated, extended synonymies are given, and a key for their identification is provided.

CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted, Restricted

A study of major collections led to a revision of the Indo-Pacific leucosioid genus Arcania Leach, 1817. Ixoides cornutus MacGilchrist, 1905 is recognized as belonging to the genus, and four new species are established: A. echinata, A. foliolata, A. muricata and A. fungilifera; in all, fifteen Arcania species are recognized. All species are described and illustrated, extended synonymies are given, and a key for their identification is provided.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BORDAU 1, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted, Restricted

A study of the leucosiid genus Randallia Stimpson, 1857, led to the description of four new genera: Tanaoa, for R. distincta Rathbun, 1893, R. pustulosa Wood-Mason, in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891, and a new species, T. nanus; Tokoyo for R. eburnea Alcock, 1896, and a new species, T. cirrata; Toru for R. granuloides Sakai, 1961, R. trituberculata Sakai, 1961, R. pila Tan, 1996, R. mesjatzevi Zarenkov, 1990, and a new species, T. septimus\ and Urashima, for R. lamellidentata Wood-Mason, 1892, and R. pustuloides Sakai, 1961. Randallia is restricted to its type species, R. ornata (Randall, 1839), and provisionally 12 other species currently placed in this genus pending further revision. All new genera are diagnosed and species assigned to them described or redescribed and illustrated; extended synonymies are given, and a key for species identification is provided. The type species, R. ornata, is redescribed.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

A new genus, Ancylodactyla n. gen., is established for two deep water species excluded from Praebebalia Rathbun, 1911, P. elongata Zarenkov, 1969, and P. elata Zarenkov, 1994, and for Randallia nana Zarenkov, 1990, provisionally assigned to Randallia s.s. A study of the extensive collection of leucosiid crabs made by French expeditions to the Indo-Pacific Ocean has increased the known geographic and bathymetric ranges of these species. The new genus is distinguished from Praebebalia and from Randallia s.s. in having male abdominal somites 3-6 fused, and the second male pleopod longer than first pleopod. The species are redescribed, fully illustrated, synonymies are discussed, and a key for their identification is provided.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

A new genus, Seulocia, is established for Leucosia species with segments 3-6 of the male abdomen fused, and the first male pleopod with straight shaft, twisted once on its axis: L. laevimana Miers, 1884, L. latirostrata Shen & Chen, 1978, L. pubescens Miers, 1877, L. pulchra Shen & Chen, 1978, L. rhomhoidalis de Haan, 1841, L. truncata Alcock, 1896, and L. vittata Stimpson, 1858, and three new species: S. anahita, S. crepuscula,S. cristata. The species are described or redescribed and illustrated, extended synonymies are given, and a key for their identification is provided. The choice of the lectotype of L. rhomhoidalis is discussed.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 3

BORDAU 1, Restricted, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3

Thirty Indo-Pacific species of Epitoniidae are recorded, with range extensions for Acrilloscala xenicima (Melvill & Standen, 1903), Amaea gazeoides Kuroda & Habe, 1950, Cirsotrema rugosum (Kuroda & Ito, 1961), Cirsotrema plexis Dall, 1925, Claviscala solar Nakayama, 1995, Cylindriscala humerosa (Schepman, 1909), and Epitonium (Parviscala) bevdeynzerae Garcia, 2001. Nineteen new species are described. These include five species in the genus Amaea: A. apexroseus, A. boucheti, A. diluta, A. elegantula, A lennyi; one species in the genus Boreoscala: Boreoscala ponderosa; three species in the genus Cirsotrema : C (C.) excelsum, C. (Dannevigena) richeri, C. (Discoscala) herosae; two species in the genus Claviscala: C pellisanserina, C. vivienneae; one species in the genus Cylindriscala: Cylindriscala paradoxa; one species in the genus Gregorioiscala: Gregorioiscala nevillei; one species in the genus Gyroscala: Gyroscala Mikeleei; four species in the genus Epitonium: E. (Hirtoscala) deschampsi, E. (Lamelliscala) l11aestratii, E. (Parviscala) kastoroae, and E. (P) juanitae; one species in the genus Periapta: Periapta weili.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

All described Indo-Pacific taxa referable to the epitoniid genus Cycloscala Dall, 1889 are listed and evaluated. The type species, Cycloscala echinaticosta (d'Orbugny, 1842) is discussed. Four described Inod-Pacific Cycloscala species, considered valid herewith, are treated: Cycloscala crenulata Pease, 1867; C. gazae Kilburn, 1985; C. hyalina Sowerby II, 1844; and C. revoluta Hedley, 1899. Three new species are described: Cycloscala armata, C. sardella, and C. montrouzieri.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted

Thirty-four species of marine bivalve molluscs of the family Lucinidae are described and illustrated from water depths less than 200 m around New Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands and Chesterfield Bank. Most of the bivalves came from three intensively sampled sites: Koumac and Touho on New Caledonia and Lifou in the Loyalty Islands. Eighteen new species are described. Nine new genera (Myrtina n. gen., Poumea n. gen., Solelucina n. gen., Discolucina n. gen., Lepidolucina n. gen., Ferrocina n. gen., Liralucina n. gen., Parvidontia n. gen. And Bretskya n. gen.) include both new and previously described species. Additionally, new descriptions and illustrations of type species are provided for two previously misunderstood genera – Epicodakia Iredale, 1930 and Gonimyrtea Marwick, 1929. The fauna described in this study is the most diverse assemblage of chemosymbiotic bivalves yet recorded.

BATHUS 1, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, PALEO-SURPRISE

Knowledge of the little-known cheilostome bryozoan family Petalostegidae has hitherto been based on only two extant species (Petalostegus bicornis (Busk) and P. spinosus Powell), and an Australian Miocene species (P. tenuis (Maplestone)). Previously, these have been included among the anascan superfamily Buguloidea. With the discovery of a remarkably diverse petalostegid fauna in New Caledonian waters (especially on the northern Norfolk Ridge), it is apparent that the family is neither " anascan " nor monogeneric. The obscure monotypic Australian Miocene genus Chelidozoum Stach is now recognised as petalostegid, based on the discovery of four, new. Recent species (including one from off Victoria). Among these species there is a reduction in the size of the costal field from five spines, through three, to two. The known species of Petalostegus Levinsen are redescribed and four new species are described (including one from the New Zealand deep sea). The family, which is entirely southern-hemisphere in distribution, is now included in the ascophorine superfamily Catenicelloidea. Evidence of predation on embryos is seen from boreholes in ovicells of two species of Petalostegus.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

The present paper deals with bryozoans in three of the four infraorders of the large suborder Ascophorina (order Cheilostomatida) from MUSORSTOM cruises along the northern Norfolk Ridge and around New Caledonia (including five species from the MUSORSTOM 3 cruise to the Philippines included with the other material). A total of 44 species is recorded (Cribriomorpha : 35 species; Hippothoomorpha : 1 species; Umbonulomorpha : 8 species) of which 22 species are new. A noteworthy feature in New Caledonian waters is the remarkable diversity of two families — the Petalostegidae and Bifaxariidae. Proportionally more species of these families are found here than anywhere else in the world.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

This paper describes a fauna of 98 species of ascophorine bryozoans from 1984-89 MUSORSTOM cruises, mainly in the New Caledonian EEZ. Ten of the species occur solely in the Philippines and some species occur in both regions. The fauna is noteworthy for its endemism (57 of the 84 New Caledonian species, i.e., 68%, are endemic) and its high taxonomic novelty, the latter contributing to a clearer appreciation of the taxonomic limits of some genera and families. Two new families (Phorioppniidae, Buffonellodidae), 54 new species, and 16 new genera are described, mostly from New Caledonia; some, from elsewhere, are the consequence of systematic revision. The new genera are: Xynexecha (Exechonellidae), Parkermavella (Bitectiporidae), Phorioppnia, Oppiphorina, Punctiscutella (Phorioppniidae), Haswelliporina, Mosaicoporina (Porinidae), Wrigiana, Ijimaia (Calwelliidae), Ipsibuffonella, Maiabuffonella (Buffonellodidae), Macrocamera (Eminoeciidae), Pseudoplatyglena (Euthyrisellidae), Richbunea (Celleporidae), Lifuella (Phidoloporidae), and Ptoboroa (Batoporidae). The most speciose family in the collection is the Phidoloporidae, represented by 7 genera and 19 species. The most speciose genus in the collection is, remarkably, the little-known deep sea genus Siphonicytara, with 6 species, all new, which more than doubles the number of species previously described. Ten of the species in the New Caledonian fauna studied here are shared only with New Zealand, and 4 only with the Philippines .

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

A review of the genus Engystenopus is presented. A new genus, Juxtastenopus, is created for the rare deepwater stenopodid shrimp, Engystenopus spinulatus based on a series of specimens from the Red Sea, Gulf of Aden and the Philippines. The genus Engystenopus is now restricted to E. palmipes, its range is extended to Australian, Indonesian, and Madagascan waters, a new diagnosis of the genus is presented, and the genus is transferred to the family Spongicolidae.

KARUBAR, Restricted, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2005

Le programme «Monts sous-marins» s'est déroulé au centre IRD de Nouméa depuis 1990 sous la direction de René GRANDPERRIN. Ses objectifs étaient l'étude faunistique des pentes récifales externes, des monts sous-marins et du domaine bathyal supérieur (200-1500 m) et l'évaluation de leurs potentialités halieutiques. 32 campagnes représentant un total de 446 jours de mer ont été effectuées. 18 d'entre elles ont été consacrées à l'halieutique, 13 aux études faunistiques et une à des essais de sondeur. 1496 opérations de prélèvement ont été réalisées (445 pour l'halieutique et 1051 pour la faunistique) avec les engins suivants: casier, chalut à crevettes, chalut de fond à poissons, grand chalut de fond à poissons néo-zélandais, chalut à perche, chalut pélagique à poissons, drague épibenthique, drague à roche, drague Waren et palangre de fond. En ce qui concerne l'halieutique, les ressources des pentes externes (100-600 m) ont été étudiées en Nouvelle-Calédonie et à Vanuatu, archipel pour lequel un atlas des pêches est sous presse. Les monts sous-marins agissent comme des dispositifs de concentration de poissons pour les espèces démersales. En Nouvelle-Calédonie, ils abritent une ressource en Beryx splendens qui fit l'objet d'une exploitation commerciale. Une étude scientifique, basée sur Il campagnes, a pennis de déterminer les paramètres biologiques et dynamiques de l'espèce et de modéliser sa distribution en fonction de la profondeur. Pour la première fois, une corrélation liant la croissance d'un poisson de profondeur avec le phénomène ENSO a été établie. Des travaux de génétiques des populations sont en cours sur cette espèce. Par ailleurs, le programme «Monts sous-marins» collabora étroitement avec le programme ZoNéCo d'identification et d'évaluation des ressources marines de la zone économique de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Deux synthèses portant sur les données thonières et sur les poissons profonds furent réalisées. Un halieute participa aux campagnes de bathymétrie mettant en œuvre un sondeur multifaisceaux à bord du N.O. L'Atalante. Cinq campagnes d'exploration des ressources halieutiques profondes furent effectuées à bord du N.O. Alis à l'aide de chaluts et de palangres de fond. Elles mirent en évidence l'existence de certaines ressources jusque là ignorées des pêcheurs. Les collectes de la faune bathyale ont été réalisées dans le cadre d'opérations conjointes IRD et Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (MNHN). L'analyse des prélèvements a été possible grâce à un réseau de taxonomistes mis en place par l'IRD (Centre de Nouméa et Antenne du MNHN) et le MNHN ; il compte 181 chercheurs appartenant à 92 institutions de 24 nations différentes, ce qui représente un effort de recherche internationale exceptionnel! Les résultats obtenus dans le Pacifique sud-ouest, et notamment en Nouvelle-Calédonie, ont révolutionné la connaissance de la biodiversité des faunes profondes. 20 volumes des Résultats des campagnes MUSORSTOM qui paraissent dans la série des Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle sont déjà parus (environ 10 000 pages) et un autre est sous presse. Ils traitent de plus de 4500 espèces dont plus de 1300 étaient nouvelles pour la science. 126 genres nouveaux ont été créés de même que 7 familles nouvelles. Au sein de cette étude, la Nouvelle-Calédonie apparaît comme particulièrement riche en espèces et d'une très grande originalité puisque sur-les 1619 espèces actuellement publiées, 60,7 % étaient nouvelles pour la science. Des études phylogénétiques ont été réalisées sur certains groupes zoologiques en utilisant soit des techniques de biologie moléculaire (ADN), soit des méthodes de microscopie électronique. Il s'agit des Crustacés, des Echinodermes (Crinoïdes) et des Brachiopodes, parmi lesquels plusieurs formes panchroniques ont été découvertes. L'accessibilité aux faunes de profondeurs au cours du programme «Monts sous-marins» a permis de récolter des organismes qui ont fait l'objet d'analyses par le programme de pharmacologie (Substances Marines d'Intérêt Biologique: SMIB). Deux bases de données sont directement issues des travaux du programme «Monts sous-marins». Elles concernent les données halieutiques et les données faunistiques. Les premières ont été stockées à la Structure de Gestion et de Valorisation Locale (SGVL) du programme ZoNéCo. Les secondes le sont à l'IRD. Pour chacune d'elles, une procédure de création de sites INTERNET est en cours. Le problème majeur rencontré par le programme fut la disponibilité en personnel. En effet, avec une moyenne de 6 personnes, dont un chercheur et un ingénieur d'étude à plein temps, les effectifs ne dépassèrent jamais un total de 9! Le programme disposa en moyenne de 318 kFlan, dont 40 % sur fonds IRD et 60 % sur financements extérieurs. Les financements extérieurs furent de trois types: FIDES section locale du Territoire de Nouvelle-Calédonie, programme ZoNéCo et, dans une moindre mesure, MAE. Le nombre de publications réalisées par les ressortissants du programme a été de 214, dont 139 pour lesquelles le premier auteur est un membre du programme.

Restricted, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The first scanning electron microscopical (SEM) study of a morphologically generalized ascothoracidan crustacean is presented. The extemal morphology of a female Waginella metacrinicola (Okada), ectoparasitic on a pentacrinid stalked crinoid, Metacrinus rotundus Carpenter from Japan, is illustrated using SEM. Several kinds of gland openings on the fiat, ventral side of the carapace are described. The inner wall of the large anteroventral pore on each carapace valve possesses lamellar ridges that bound a large number of small gland openings. Two anterior lattice organs (cardic organs) are found on each valve. The so-called second antenna or antennavestigial eyestalk complex does not arise from the cephalon proper, but from the mantle lateral to the antennule, and it most likely incorporates the extemal part of the organ of Bellonci complex. Records of W. metacrinicola and W. axotremata Grygier infesting metacrinine pentacrinids collected by recent French expeditions to the Philippines and New Caledonia are listed. The former species is reported from Metacrinus musorstomae Roux for the first time, and the latter from M. levii Cominardi, M. serratus DOderlein, and Saracrinus nobilis (Carpenter) for the first time. Waginella axotremata is also reported from northem Australia, infesting S. nobilis, and southeastem Australia, infesting M. cyaneus H.L. Clark. This species apparently uses its raspy, awl-like mandibles, drawings of which are presented herein, to drill ho les in the cirri of its host; such drill-holes are proposed as potential trace fossils for studying the history of crinoid-ascothoracidan associations. The apparent absence of ascothoracidan parasites on other genera of Pentacrinidae suggests that the association may be no older than the Miocene. The possible synonymy of W. metacrinicola and W. axotremata is discussed on the basis of morphology, depth distribution, and biogeography, but is not resolved. Crinoidoxenos Blake, 1933 is revealed as a potential senior synonym of Waginella.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

The thoracic sternum of the primitive crabs (Podotremata Guinot, 1977) is strongly modified in females at the level of the sutures 7/8, separating the last two sternites, which corresponds to a secondary specialization of the phragmae 7/8. Thus a paired spermatheca has developed, which is intersegmental, internalized and independent of the female gonopores on the coxae of the third pereopods. This is unique to the Podotremata, being completely distinct from the eubrachyuran seminal receptacle. The spermatheca is reviewed in all members of the Podotremata, in its external aspect and internal structure. Among the Dromiacea, a spermathecal tube becomes specialized in the Homolodromiidae, Dromiinae, and Hypoconchinae, while it is absent in the Dynomenidae and Sphaerodromiinae, suggesting that the Sphaerodromiinae are basal to the Hypoconchinae + Dromiinae and that the Dynomenidae are basal to the remaining dromiaccan families. The phylogenetic implications are discussed, confirming the distinction of two basal clades, Dromiacea and Homolidea, the peculiar organization found in the Cyclodorippidae, Cymonomidae and Phyllotymolinidae, and the special condition of the Raninoidea. The paired spermatheca proves to be the strongest synapomorphy of the Podotremata, including two Cretaceous families. Hypotheses on female sperm storage and functioning of the spermatheca, on male sperm transfer and the role of gonopods in insemination, and on the modalities of fertilization are included. New data on the axial skeleton are provided. The study of the spermatheca, which has considerable systematic value in decapod phylogeny, leads to a discussion of the monophyly of the Brachyura, taking into account the paleontological data.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, Restricted, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 8

The deep-sea Brachyura Majidae collected during the MUSORSTOM I and II cruises in the Philippines, completed by several other indo-pacific collections, are studied here : genera Platymaia, Cyrtomaia, Pleistacantha, Sphenocarcinus and Naxioides. A key is given for the genera Platymaia and Sphenocarcinus. Four new species are described : Platymaia rebierei, from New Hebrida ; Sphenocarcinus stuckiae and S. orbiculatus, both from New Caledonia, and S. bipartitus from Philippines.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Some very interesting deep-sea material was collected during the MUSORSTOM expéditions 1 (1976), 2 (1980) and 3 (1985) in the Philippine waters and the CORINDON 2 expédition (1980) in the Strait of Makassar. We first describe the numerous species brought back, both uncommon and new. This account is not intended to be a taxonomic revision of the Indo- Pacific species, which may belong either to the genus Trichopeltarion A. Milne Edwards, 1880, or to the genus Trachycarcinus Faxon, 1893. Both of these genera are attributed to the superfamily Corystoidea Samouelle, 1819, the revision of which is in progress. With Trachycarcinus and Trichopeltarion, the monospecific genus Pteropeltarion Dell, 1972, from New Zealand, forms a natural group alsqo with the genus Podocatactes Ortmann, 1893, endemic to Japan, and with the American genus Peltarion Jacquinot, 1847. We can only say here that they belong to the Heterotremata Guinot, 1977. One problem was encountered, because the criteria used to separate the two Indo-Pacific genera Trachycarcinus and Trichopeltarion are morphotypal ; the fact that the type-species of these genera originated from American water complicates matters. Ail the species reported here are attributed to the genus Trachycarcinus alone, without anticipating on a future study of the phylogenetic relationships and taxonomic status of the above-mentioned genera. Two species are discovered for the second time : Trachycarcinus alcocki (Doflein) and T. ovalis (Anderson). All the others are new : Trachycarcinus aff. ovalis, from the Philippines, which is only represented by a female ; T. moosai sp. nov. and T.foresti sp. nov., from the Philippines, and a close species, provisionally named Trachycarcinus aff. Delli.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

This paper contains a study of the genus Psopheticus based on collections from the area around Madagascar (leg. Crosnier & Cleva, Benthedi Exp.); from Réunion (Marion-Dufresne 1982, MD32); from the Philippines (MUSORSTOM 1-3), from the Makassar Strait (Corindon 2, 1980); and from New Caledonia (Biocal and Musorstom 4, 1985). The type species, P. stridulans Wood-Mason, 1982, is redescribed, based on a topotype, from tyhe Andaman Sea. In addition, the genus contains P. insignis Alcock, 1900 and P. hughu Rathbun, 1914, both of which are redescribed, and P. vocans Guinot, 1985. Three new species are erected : P. crosnieri from Madagascar ; P. musicus from the Philippines ; and P. insolitus from the Makassar Strait. Specimens previously reported as P. stridulans by Guinot, from Réunion, have been reexamined and are considered of uncertain status but close to P. stridulans. A key is provided for identification of the species. The armature of the ambulatory legs was found to be a reliable and complex specific character, indepedant of sex and age, and is described for each species. A large series of P. insignis evidenced pronounced allometry in the growth pattern of the anterolateral edge of the carapace and a sexual dimorphism with longer chelipeds in the male.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, CORINDON 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura : Revision of the family Homolidae de Haan, 1839. Collections made by scientists from ORSTOM and during French expeditions, resulting from the cooperation of ORSTOM and the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, in the upper bathyal zone of the Indo-West-Pacific (Madagascar, Seychelles, Indonesia, the Philippines, New Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands, Wallis and Futuna Islands) have accumulated abundant crustacean material. We have added to it the collections by various Australian, German and Soviet expeditions in regions poorly explored until now. We have studied also specimens taken by deep traps near atolls in French Polynesia and in french Anfilles. We have also been able to examine almost all the Homolidae deposited in the large museums of the world, reference and unidentified collections, and thereby to prepare an account of the Hawaiian, Japanese, Indian, African, South African and American faunas. From all these collections it has been possible to revise and restructure the Homolidae world-wide. Examination of all type specimens has been necessary, as has that of all specimens mentioned in the literature; practically all references and all identifications have been verified. The Homolidae comprise now 14 genera, studied in terms of their phylogenetic affinities : eight genera already known (Homola Leach, Paromolopsis Wood-Mason, Paromola Wood-Mason, Latreillopsis Henderson, Homolochunia Doflein, Hypsophrys Wood-Mason, Homolomannia Ihle, Homologenus A. Milne Edwards) ; two former subgenera elevated to generic rank (Homolax Alcock, Moloha Bamard) ; and four new genera (Dagnaudus, Ihlopsis, Yaldwynopsis, Gordonopsis). Until now quite poor in species, the family now contains in the whole 57 species : it is increased by 17 new species ; in addition, about ten uncertain species are leaven apart. In the cases of two genera considered amphi-Atiantic, Homola and Homologenus, a new taxon is described ; Homola minima sp. Nov. Is separated from H. barbata (Fabricius), typically Mediterranean ; and Homologenus boucheti sp. Nov. Is separated from H. rostratus (A. Milne Edwards), from the American Atlantic. Three other new species are added to Homola : H. eldredgei, H. coriolisi and H. ranunculus. The genus Paromola is confined to some species close to P. cuvieri (Risso) and two new taxa are added : P. bathyalis and P. crosnieri. Six species are attributed to Moloha of which the former is the type species M. alcocki (Stebbing), another one the ancient Latreillopsis major of KUBO (validated) ; it is augmented by two new species, M. alisae and M. grandperrini, and also The genus Latreillopsis receives three new species : L. daviei, L. cornuta and L. antennata. The new genus Ihlopsis includes, besides I. multispinosa (Ihle) (formely in Latreillopsis), one new species, I. tirardi. A third species, H. gadaletae, is added to Homolochunia. Only one species is added to Hypsophrys, H. futuna, but the genus is certainly more diverse. Three new species, H. boucheti, H. levii and H. wallis are described in the genus Homologenus. The genus Homolax, poorly known, is well defined. For each genus adiagnosis, an illustration of the principal characteristics and homologies, plus a key to all species are given. Each genus has been strictly redefined with respect to its type species and to all its species. For the numerous poorly known species a description or summary of characters differentiating it from the nearest taxon is presented H has been made by a synthetic study of all important morphological criteria ; we have reviewed all the principal arrangements and structures of Homolidae to understand their homologies and reach rigorous the nomenclature of the grooves and ornamentation of the carapace which have been often confused in the past. Some phylogenetic hypotheses are briefly presented. The place of the Homolidae in Homoloidea is commented on with a key to the three members of the superfamily. Short remarks, which will be completed in another work, on fossil representatives are outlined. Lastly, geographic and bathymétrie distribution of the genera and species are discussed. Each species is represented often with drawings and always by several photographs.

AZTEQUE, Restricted, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A new and revised classification of the small family Dorippidae H. Milne Edwards, 1837, which previously comprised two distinct subfamilies (Dorippinae H. Milne Edwards, 1837 and Ethusinae Guinot, 1977), each of which was subsequently elevated to a familial rank supported by traditional data and genetic phylogenies, is presented on the basis of a morphological analysis involving a large number of characters. The family is in fact highly diverse, at all levels. Several features are described and depicted in detail here for the first time, e.g. the presence of a diversely developed strip along the protrudingly rimmed posterior margin of the carapace; on the dorsally exposed thoracic sternite 8, a process acting as an additional pleonal-retention mechanism in the females of three genera (Dorippe Weber, 1795; Philippidorippe Chen, 1986; Phyllodorippe Manning & Holthuis, 1981); a callosity at the base of the coxa of the third pereiopod, variously shaped, in two genera (Dorippe and Dorippoides Serène & Romimohtarto, 1969). The generic and specific taxonomy masterfully stabilised by Holthuis & Manning (1991) is undisputed and still valid, except for the composition of the genus Heikeopsis Ng, Guinot & Davie, 2008 that may well contain in northern China a form not entirely consistent with the typical Heikeopsis japonica (von Siebold, 1824) of Japan. A second exception concerns the genus Paradorippe Serène & Romimohtarto, 1969 sensu Holthuis & Manning (1991) that may not be monophyletic. The validity of Medorippe crosnieri Chen, 1988, questioned by Holthuis & Manning (1990), could not be confirmed here: its distinctive morphological characters from M. lanata (Linnaeus, 1767) suggest that it could be recognised one day. The synthesis of conventional and new characters allows the traditional taxonomic approach to be updated and modernised, more complete and robust diagnoses to be constructed, and groups of genera to be circumscribed. We propose a new subfamily classification whereby the family Dorippidae is recognised as monophyletic but with seven genera assigned to subfamily-level rank, leading to the recognition of seven distinct subfamilies: the Dorippinae H. Milne Edwards, 1837 n. stat. (Dorippe), D­ orippoidinae n. subfam. (Dorippoides), M­ edorippinae n. subfam.

Restricted, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The genus Granulifusus is distributed over the upper continental shelves in the Indo-West Pacific. The 27 species (21 Recent, 6 fossil) are characterized and separated from Fusinus by a granulated surface sculpture, the Recent also by a small round operculum which does not fill the aperture. Fusus (Sipho) libratus Watson 1886 and Latirus staminatus Garrard 1966 are placed in Granulifusus, their transfer based on the above mentioned conchological characteristics and on radular evidence. Granulifusus niponicus (E.A. Smith 1879), G. kiranus Shuto 1958, G. rubrolineatus (Sowerby II 1870), G. staminatus (Garrard 1966) and G. libratus (Watson 1886) were collected during the Musorstom expeditions and the material is extensively reported on. G. bacciballus sp. nov. (North New Caledonia, 444-452 m), G. benjamini sp. nov. (Coral Sea, Chesterfield, 400 m), G. balbus sp. nov. (South New Caledonia, 470 m), G. amoenus sp. nov. (Vanuatu, 480-544 m), G. geometricus sp. nov. (Tonga Islands, 427-436 m), G. monsecourorum sp. nov. (Madagascar, 240 m) and G. babae sp. nov. (Indonesia, Tanimbar Islands, 206-210 m) were also collected by the Musorstom expeditions and are added to this fauna and described as new species. From the collection of the Australian Museum, Sydney (AMS), one additional Recent species (G. lochi sp. nov., Western Australia, 301-310 m) and one fossil species (G. nakasiensis sp. nov., Nakasi Sandstone Beds, Late Pliocene, Fiji) are described. Lots of the remaining 8 species are studied with the exception of G. captivus (E.A. Smith 1899). The remaining 5 fossil species are listed and compared. G. rufinodis (Von Martens 1901) is tentatively regarded as a distinct species and a lectotype is selected.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VAUBAN 1978-1979

During the examination of a large suite of tropical deep-water molluscs, a number of Solenogastres were found, some of them typically curled around gorgonian stems. A subsequent closer examination of the Solenogastres revealed another type of object also curled around the gorgonians, which strongly resembled Solenogastres but lacked their external features. These objects proved to be cocoons with egg capsules, each containing two eggs or young larvae, typical of the parasitic platyhelminth group Fecampiida.

BORDAU 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8

The Pasiphaea alcocki species group is treated herewith, as the third group of the genus Pasiphaea Savigny, 1816. The group is primarily characterized by a deeply concave posterior margin of the telson and the distinctly carinate dorsal margin of the carapace and abdomen. The meri of the first and second pereopods are always armed with many spines, and the ischium and/or basis of the second pereopods are sometimes armed with spines. The group comprises 17 species including two new species both from MUSORSTOM material, Pasiphaea ledoyeri n. sp. and Pasiphaea major n. sp., which are large size species. P. berentsae Kensley, Tranter & Griffin, 1987 is proved to be a junior synonym of P. barnardi Yaldwyn, 1971. P. balssi Burukovsky&Romensky, 1987 is probably a junior synonym of P. rathbunae (Stebbing 1914a). A key to the species of P. alcocki group is presented. Each species is diagnosed and most species are redescribed and/or figured.

BIOCAL, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, MD03 (ICHTYO), MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 9, TAIWAN 2001

The deep-sea batfish genus Halieutopsis is reviewed based on worldwide collections. Sixteen species are recognized, including five newly described species: Halieutopsis echinoderma sp. nov. from eastern Taiwan and northeastern Australia, Halieutopsis kawaii sp. nov. from Taiwan and Indonesia, Halieutopsis okamurai sp. nov. from southeastern Japan, Halieutopsis murrayi sp. nov. from the Gulf of Aden, and Halieutopsis taiwanea sp. nov. from northeastern Taiwan. These species differ from their congeners in escal morphology, squamation, and morphometric proportions. Dibranchus nasutus Alcock, 1891, a senior synonym of Halieutopsis vermicularis Smith & Radcliffe, 1912, as well as Dibranchus nudiventer Lloyd, 1909 and Coelophrys oblonga Smith & Radcliffe, 1912, are recognized as valid species in Halieutopsis. Comments on the systematics and biogeographic distributions of the species of Halieutopsis are provided, along with a key to the species.

BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA1, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, Restricted, HALIPRO 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2000

The short-tail eel family Colocongridae is a group of small to moderately large eels found in the mid- to upper-continental slope of all oceans except the eastern and central Pacific. The taxonomy of this group is still poorly known, and many diagnostic characteristics have never been tested and verified. Museum specimens were examined, and data were taken by following methods provided in previous studies, as well as some newly introduced. A total of seven species are recorded for the only genus, Coloconger, including a new species described herein from the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. The diagnostic characters distinguishing species of Coloconger are discussed, comments are made on previous records, and a key to all known species is provided. Morphology of the post-metamorphic stage and transforming leptocephalus is also provided.

BOA0, BOA1, CONCALIS, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, Restricted, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3

A revision is provided of the Indo-Pacific species of the subfamily Scyllarinae. All of these species were formerly placed in the genus Scyllarus Fabricius, 1775, but a closer study revealed that several genera could be distinguished within the subfamily. The 13 new genera now recognized in the Indo-Pacific biogeographic region are as follows: Acantharctus n. gen., Antarctus n. gen., Antipodarctus n. gen., Bathyarctus n. gen., Biarctus n. gen., Chelarctus n. gen., Crenarctus n. gen., Eduarctus n. gen., Galearctus n. gen., Gibbularctus n. gen., Petrarctus n. gen., Remiarctus n. gen. and Scammarctus n. gen. Diagnoses and keys are provided for all the genera and their species. New and insufficiently known species have been described extensively, for the others additional morphological details are given. New species are: Bathyarctus chani n. gen., n. sp., B. steatopygus n. gen., n. sp., Petrarctus veliger n. gen., n. sp., Chelarctus crosnieri n. gen., n. sp., Eduarctus pyrrhonotus n. gen., n. sp., E. marginatus n. gen., n. sp., E. perspicillatus n. gen., n. sp. and E. reticulatus n. gen., n. sp. Furthermore efforts were made to provide each species with a complete synonymy, a description of the colour, its biology, habitat and geographical distribution. All the material examined is listed in detail. Where appropriate, remarks are provided on nomenclature, published data on the larval development and other topics.

Restricted, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, Restricted, Restricted, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, Restricted, Restricted, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The muricid genus Daphnellopsis Schepman 1913 is revised and maintained in the subfamily Ergalataxinae, waiting for eventual genetic studies. Six species are included, D. fimbriata (Hinds 1843), D. lamellosa Schepman 1913 (type species), D. hypselos Houart 1995 and three new species described herein: D. lozoueti n. sp.; and D. pinedai n. sp., both from the Quaternary (Upper Pleistocene) of Santo, Vanuatu, and D. lochi n. sp. A Recent species of Western Australia. All the species are described or re-described, illustrated and compared with each other, their geographical range is given and illustrated on a map. The protoconchs of five species are illustrated as well as some details of the shells. A jaw is pointed out for the first time in D. fimbriata and is illustrated by scanning electron microscope (SEM) images.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, BIOGEOCAL, BOA1, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2001

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The Ergalataxinae dredged during the MNHN-ORSTOM cruises in the New Caledonia region are listed and discussed (19 species of which 4 are new). Thirteen new species are described: Ergalatax zebra from the Gulf of Aden, Cytharomorula danigoi and Cytharomorula pinguis from the New Caledonia region, Cytharomorula springsteeni from the Philippine Islands, Daphnellopsis hypselos from East Sumatra, Lataxiena habropenos from Mozambique, Orania adiastolos from the New Caledonia region and South Africa, Orania archaea from the Philippine Islands, Taiwan, New Caledonia and Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), Orania dharmai from Indonesia, Orania mixta from the Philippine Islands and Sumatra, Orania ornamentata from southern Africa, Orania simonetae from the Marquesas Islands, and Orania taeniata from Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Fusus imbricatus E. A. Smith, 1876 (not F. imbricatus Lesson, 1842 nec F. imbricatus De Kay, 1843) is renamed Lataxiena desserti. Two new combinations are adopted, Orania fischeriana (Tapparone Canefri, 1882) and Orania pacifica (Nakayama, 1988). Two nominal species are newly synonymised: Columbella clathra Lesson, 1842 is synonymised with Muricodrupa fenestrata (De Blainville, 1832) and Murex muriformis Lesson, 1844 is synonymised with Muricodrupa fiscella (Gmelin, 1791).

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Wood falls in the deep sea have recently become the focus of studies showing their importance as nutrients on the deep-sea floor. In such environments, Crustaceans constitute numerically the second-largest group after Mollusks. Many questions have arisen regarding their trophic role therein. A careful examination of the feeding appendages, gut contents, and gut lining of Munidopsis andamanica caught with wood falls revealed this species as a truly original detritivorous species using wood and the biofilm covering it as two main food sources. Comparing individuals from other geographic areas from substrates not reported highlights the galatheid crab as specialist of refractory substrates, especially vegetal remains. M. andamanica also exhibits a resident gut microflora consisting of bacteria and fungi possibly involved in the digestion of wood fragments. The results suggest that Crustaceans could be full-fledged actors in the food chains of sunken-wood ecosystems and that feeding habits of some squat lobsters could be different than scavenging.

BOA1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

30 new species in the Trichotropid CAPULIDAE in the genera Verticosta, Latticosta n. gen., Torellia and Trichosirius are described from tropical and subtropical deep water of Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Ocean: Verticosta ariane n. sp., Verticosta bellefontainae n. sp., Verticosta milleinsularum n. sp., Verticosta filipinos n. sp., Verticosta plexa n. sp., Verticosta lapita n. sp., Verticosta pyramis n. sp., Verticosta kanak n. sp., Verticosta vanuatuensis n. sp., Verticosta feejee n. sp., Verticosta lilii n. sp., Verticosta sinusvellae n. sp., Verticosta terrasesae n. sp., Verticosta uvea n. sp., Verticosta rurutuana n. sp., Verticosta bicarinata n. sp., Verticosta tricarinata n. sp., Verticosta quadricarinata n. sp., Verticosta cheni n. sp., Verticosta iris n. sp., Verticosta castelli n. sp., Verticosta biangulata n. sp., Verticosta reunionnaise n. sp., Verticosta lemurella n. sp., Verticosta madagascarensis n. sp., Latticosta guidopoppei n. sp., Latticosta tagaroae n. sp., Latticosta magnifica n. sp., Torellia loyaute n. sp. and Trichosirius omnimarium n. sp. Trichotropis townsendi is now Latticosta townsendi n. comb.. Shell material comes from expeditions by MNHN and collections of authors.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, HALIPRO 1, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MADEEP, MADIBENTHOS, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, Restricted, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, TERRASSES

MUSORSTOM 3

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The Polyplacophora from seven French cruises in the western tropical Pacific (Philippines, Coral Sea and New Caledonia), during the years 1980-1986, are discussed. Altogether 17 samples of chitons contain 29 specimens, belonging to 11 species, 4 of which are new, viz. Notoplax richen; N. richardi, N. rostellata and Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) per/oratus. Two other species, hitherto only known from the Queensland coast, viz. Leptochiton (Parachiton) capricornicus (Iredale & Hull, 1925) and Callistochiton granifer Hull, 1923, were obtained in the Coral Sea (Capel Bank and Chesterfield-Bellona) at a depth of little more than 50 m.

CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5

The range of shell characters (overall shape, sculpture, columellar plaits, protoconchs) exhibited by fossil and Recent species placed in Exilia Conrad, 1860, Mitraefusus Bellardi, 1873, Mesorhytis Meek, 1876, Surculina Dall, 1908, Phenacoptygma Dall, 1918, Palaeorhaphis Stewart, 1927, Zexilia Finlay, 1926, Graphidula Stephenson, 1941, Benthovoluta Kuroda et Habe, 1950, and Chathamidia Dell, 1956 and the anatomy of the Recent species precludes separation of more than one genus. Consequently all of these nominal genera are synonymised with Exilia, with a stratigraphical range from Late Cretaceous to Recent. Anatomically, Exilia is similar to other ptychatractine genera, but is characterized by a stomach with a long, narrow caecum, a penis with terminal fold surrounding the seminal papilla, and a radula with rachidian teeth with broad lateral flaps. Recent species of Exilia are restricted to deep water at middle to low latitudes in the Indian and Pacific oceans. Exilia hilgendorfi (Martens, 1897) is treated as a species highly variable within its broad IndoPacific distribution, with Benthovoluta gracilior Rehder, 1967, B. claydoni Harasewych, 1987, and B. prellei Bozzetti, 200 I considered local variants. Three new species are described: Exilia graphiduloides sp. nov. (New Caledonia, 520 m), E. vagrans sp. nov. (West and SW Pacific, 865-1280 m), and E. kiwi sp. nov. (New Zealand, 1386-1676 m).

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The genus Pseudolatirus Bellardi, 1884, with the Miocene type species Fusus bilineatus Hörnes, 1853, has been used for 13 Miocene to Early Pleistocene fossil species and eight Recent species and has traditionally been placed in the fasciolariid subfamily Peristerniinae Tryon, 1880. Although the fossil species are apparently peristerniines, the Recent species were in their majority suspected to be most closely related to Granulifusus Kuroda & Habe, 1954 in the subfamily Fusininae Wrigley, 1927. Their close affinity was confirmed by the molecular phylogenetic analysis of Couto et al. (2016). In the molecular phylogenetic section we present a more detailed analysis of the relationships of 10 Recent Pseudolatirus-like species, erect two new fusinine genera, Okutanius gen. nov. (type species Fusolatirus kuroseanus Okutani, 1975) and Vermeijius gen. nov. (type species Pseudolatirus pallidus Kuroda & Habe, 1961). Five species are described as new for science, three of them are based on sequenced specimens (Granulifusus annae sp. nov., G. norfolkensis sp. nov., Okutanius ellenae gen. et sp. nov.) and two (G. tatianae sp. nov., G. guidoi sp. nov.) are attributed to Granulifusus on the basis of conchological similarities to sequenced species. New data on radular morphology is presented for examined species.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, Restricted, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GEMINI, GUYANE 2014, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MADEEP, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR, Restricted

The results are presented of a study of the collection of congrid (18 species) and nettastomatid (4 species) eels collected by the MUSORSTOM and other expeditions on the underwater rises and island slopes in the western tropical part of the Pacific Ocean. The following new species were described: three species of the genus Ariosoma (A. sereti and A. multivertebratum from the waters of the Marquesas Islands and A. sazonovi from the waters of the Philippines), two species of the genus Gnathophis ( G. neocaledoniensis from New Caledonia and G. asanoi from the Philippines), and one species each from the genera Parabathymyrus (P fijiensis from the Fiji Islands), Congriscus (C. marquesaensis from the Marquesas Islands), Acromycter (A. longipectoralis from the waters of New Caledonia), Blachea (B. longicaudalis from Fiji and New Caledonia), and Saurenchelys (S. taiwanensis from the waters of Taiwan). The validity of Ariosoma howensis (McCulloch & Waite), Gnathophis heterognathos (Bleeker), and Macrocephenchelys brevirostris (Chen & Weng) is confirmed. For the first time, C. maldivensis, P adenensis, and D. polystigmatus, known earlier only by occurrences in the Indian Ocean, were recorded in the western part of the Pacific Ocean.

BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

Pentanchus profimdicolus is an enigmatic shark, characterized by a single dorsal fin. The holotype, which was collected in 1909 from the Philippines, had remained the only known example of the species for 90 years. A second specimen, collected from the same waters, is m-described. The presence of a single dorsal fin remains equivocal in so far as it represents the normal condition for the species. Aspects of the species' relationship with the species of@risturus are discussed.

MUSORSTOM 3

The Monniot collection of copepods associated with ascidian hosts was built up over several decades of field collecting and taxonomic research on ascidians by Drs Claude & Françoise Monniot (MNHN, Paris). This paper describes a total of 84 new species of copepods collected from ascidian hosts and five new genera are established. Prior to this study the family Ascidicolidae comprised two genera accommodating five valid species; here we add two new genera, Hamistyelicola gen. nov. and Bathycopola gen. nov., and eight new species in total. The family Buproridae comprised a single genus consisting of three species; here we add a new monotypic genus, Buprorides gen. nov. The family Botryllophilidae comprised 68 valid species in seven genera and here we add 45 new species; 13 of Botryllophilus Hesse, 1864, nine of Schizoproctus Aurivillius, 1885, three of Haplostomides Chatton & Harant, 1924, 12 of Haplostoma Chatton & Harant, 1924, seven of Haplostomella Chatton & Harant, 1924 and a single new species of Haplosaccus Chatton & Harant, 1924. The Enteropsidae comprised 42 species in five genera and here we add two new genera, Monnioticopa gen. nov. and Periboia gen. nov., plus a total of 30 new species; 15 of Enterocola van Beneden, 1860, two of Enterocolides Chatton & Harant, 1922, five of Enteropsis C.W.S. Aurivillius, 1885, five of Monnioticopa gen. nov., two of Mychophilus Hesse, 1865, plus the type species of Periboia gen. nov. Generic diagnoses are provided for all genera represented in the collection. A further 13 known species are also reported and brief supplementary descriptive notes or full redescriptions are provided, as appropriate.

ATIMO VATAE, BORDAU 1, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GUYANE 2014, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 4

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A review of the species of the caridean genus Glyphocrangon A. Milne-Edwards, 1881 from the Indo-West Pacific Oceans is presented based on rich collections formed during French expeditions to various regions, and supplemented by extensive material deposited in various institutions throughout the world. The genus is divided into two informal groups primarily based on the development of the eye and the presence or absence of arthrobranchs on the first and second pereopods. This study treats species characterized by a well-developed eye and the presence of arthrobranchs on the first and second pereopods (herein called the Glyphocrangon spinicauda species group). A total of 54 species are recognized in the G. spinicauda species group from the Indo-West Pacific region. Of these, the following 28 are new to science: G. albatrossae (Philippines), G. amblytes (Madagascar and South Africa), G. armata (New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Wallis and Futuna islands), G. boletifera (Gulf of Aden), G. chacei (Philippines), G. confusa (Indonesia), G. cornuta (New Caledonia), G. crosnieri (Madagascar), G. conodactylus (New Caledonia), G. dimorpha (New Caledonia), G. ferox (Madagascar), G. formosana (Taiwan and East China Sea), G. indonesiensis (Philippines and Indonesia), G. kapala (eastern Australia), G. saintlaurentae (western Indian Ocean), G. major (New Caledonia), G. lineata (Indonesia and northwestern Australia), G. parva (Philippines), G. perplexa (Japan and Taiwan), G. proxima (Philippines and Indonesia), G. punctata (Philippines), G. richeri (Wallis and Futuna islands), G. robusta (Philippines), G. rubricinctuta (Wallis and Futuna islands), G. runcinata (East China Sea), G. similior (Coral Sea), G. speciosa (New Caledonia), and G. tasmanica (Tasman Sea). Glyphocrangon andamanensis Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891 and G. mabahissae Calman, 1939, which have been considered to be synonymous with G. investigatoris Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891 and G. dentata Barnard, 1926 respectively, are found to be distinct species. Glyphocrangon juxtaculeata Chace, 1984, the holotype of which is a juvenile, is considered to be a junior subjective synonym of G. regalis Bate, 1888. Glyphocrangon joani Allen & Butler, 1994 is treated as a junior synonym of G. fimbriata Komai & Takeuchi, 1994. Plastocrangon Alcock, 1901 is interpreted as a synonym of Glyphocrangon. The new species are fully described and illustrated, and all but three of the previously known species are redescribed and illustrated: G. gilesii and G. smithii being diagnosed on the basis of published information, G. unguiculata Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891 on published information and provisionally identified material from the western Pacific. One obscurely diagnosed species, G. wagini Burukovsky, 1990 from the southeastern Pacific, is also redescribed in order to establish its affinities. Lectotypes are designated for G. acuminata Bate, 1888, G. pugnax de Man, 1918, G. assimilis de Man, 1918, G. sibogae de Man, 1918, and G. megalophthalma de Man, 1918. Identification key, separated by sex, is provided. This study reveals that most Glyphocrangon species have restricted geographical ranges, with only G. caecescens occurring in both the western Pacific and Indian oceans. The geographic and bathymetric distributions of the treated species are summarized.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MD28 (SAFARI II), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

A review of species of the genus Parapontophilus Christoffersen, 1988 (Decapoda, Caridea, Crangonidae) from the world oceans is presented. This Study is based on the large collection obtained during French expeditions in the eastern Atlantic, western Indian, and tropical western and southern Pacific oceans, and on additional material from various museums and institutions in the world. Eighteen species, including ten new species, are divided in two informal species groups, P. gracilis (Smith, 1882) group and P modumanuensis (Rathbun, 1906) group. The first group contains I I species: P. gracilis (type species of the genus), P abyssi (Smith, 1884), P. junceus (Bate, 1888), P. profundus (Bate, 1888), P occidentalis (Faxon, 1893), P talismani (Crosnier & Forest, 1973), P cornutus n. sp., P cyrton n. sp., P difficilis n. sp., P. geminus n. sp. and P. longirostris n. sp. The second group contains seven species: P. modumanuensis (Rathbun, 1906), P. demani (Chace, 1984), P caledonicus n. sp., P. juxta n. sp., P. psyllus n. sp., P. sibogae n. sp. and P. stenorhinus in. sp. Six taxa originally described as full species by their authors and occasionally treated as subspecies, viz. P. gracilis, P abyssi, P. junceus, P. profundus, P occidentalis, and P talismani, are here maintained as full species because of the existence of morphological differences and of the partial overlap of geographical or bathymetrical ranges. All species are diagnosed or rediagnosed, and illustrated. Synonymies of Pontophilus challengeri Ortmann, 1893 with Parapontophilus abyssi and of Pontophilus occidentalis var. indica de Man, 1918 with Parapontophilus junceus were con firmed. A key to aid in the identification of all Parapontophilus species is given, although it should be used with caution because of intraspecific variations exhibited by many of the species. Bathymetrical and geographical distributions of species are also summarized. All but P. sibogae n. sp. are exclusively found at more than 200 in depth, and particularly three species, P. abyssi, P occidentalis, and P talismani, occur at abyssal depths exceeding 3000 m. Parapontophilus sibogae inhabits shallow water, recorded at depth of I I m in the type locality. Two species, P gracilis and P talismani, appear restricted to the Atlantic Ocean, although widely distributed there. Three species, P abyssi, P longirostris n. sp., and P. juxta n. sp. occur in the Indian Ocean; P abyssi is also widely distributed in the Atlantic and P longirostris extends to the central Pacific. Parapontophilus occidentalis appears restricted to the eastern Pacific. Other species are distributed in the range of the western Pacific to French Polynesia.

Restricted, Restricted, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, Restricted, Restricted, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, Restricted, KARUBAR, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PANGLAO 2005, Restricted, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, Restricted

In the collection of the late Mrs. Sarnia Martin an undescribed deep water species of Nassarius from the Philippines was found. It is described as Nassarius samiae n. sp.

MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

During the MUSORSTOM 3 Expedition to the Philippines by the Museum national d'Histoire nature lie in 1985, a new Nassarius species was collected. It is described as Nassarius coriolis sp. nov.

MUSORSTOM 3

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

Seventeen species of Caprellidea were collected by expeditions to the western Pacific (New Caledonia, Indonesia, and the Philippines). Although none of the species are new to the region, most of them have been reported only rarely. Illustrations and brief descriptions are given.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CORINDON 2, Restricted, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Two new parapagurid species with subconical corneas, Oncopagurus conicus n. sp. and Paragiopagurus schnauzer n. sp., are described based on collections by French expeditions to New Caledonia, the Philippines and Solomon Islands, in the western Pacific. These represent the 16th and 18th documented species of Oncopagurus Lemaitre, 1996 and Paragiopagurus Lemaitre, 1996, respectively. Two other parapagurids are known to have subconical corneas, Sympagurus acinops Lemaitre, 1989, and Oncopagurus minutus (Henderson, 1896). Also reported are specimens of two rare and morphologically unique parapagurids, Typhlopagurus foresti de Saint Laurent, 1972 and Bivalvopagurus sinensis (de Saint Laurent, 1972), and represent geographical and bathymetric range extensions for both species. The diagnoses of the monotypic genera Typhlopagurus and Bivalvopagurus are to be modified due to new data on morphology and biology. The former genus was given to include T.foresti, wrongly assumed to lack cornea, thus presumed blind; and the latter for B. sinensis, prematurely assumed to exclusively use bivalve shells as housing.

BIOGEOCAL, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, SALOMON 1

A worldwide taxonomic and distributional synthesis of the deep-water hermit crab genus Oncopagurus Lemaitre, 1996 is presented. This genus, originally defined for 10 species is set apart from other Parapaguridae as well as other Paguroidea, by one synapomorphy: the presence of an upwardly curved epistomial spine. This study is based on a large amount of specimens deposited in major museums and collected during deep-sea sampling across the world oceans since the late 1800s, with the bulk of material coming from French campaigns in the Indo-Pacific, central and south Pacific during the last 40 years. A total of 24 species are recognised in this investigation, nine of which are new and fully described and illustrated. All previously known species are diagnosed or re-described, including figures assembled from recent published accounts or newly illustrated, of the most important morphological features useful for identifi cations. Information for each species includes a synonymy (full or abbreviated if a synonymy has recently been published), material examined (type and non-types), variations when signifi cant, colouration when available, habitat or type of housing used, distribution, and remarks on taxonomy and morphological affinities. Rare colour photographs are included for five species. Species of Oncopagurus range in depth from the Continental Shelf (50 m) to the Continental Rise (2308 m), although they are most commonly found in 50–500 m. Individuals of the majority of species in this genus are minute in size (< 3 mm in shield length), species differ in subtle morphological characters, and often exhibit the same broad morphological variations related to sex and size that has been documented in species of other genera of Parapaguridae. Oncopagurus mironovi Zhadan, 1997, a taxon reported from the Nazca and Sala-y-Gómez Ridges, is considered a junior synonym of the widely distributed O. indicus (Alcock, 1905). The bathymetric and geographic distributions of Oncopagurus species are summarised and briefly discussed, complemented with a summary table, graph, and map with generalised distribution patterns. The scant phylogenetic knowledge of this genus is summarised.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VOLSMAR

For 130 years the diogenid genus Paguropsis Henderson, 1888 was considered monotypic for an unusual species, P. typica Henderson, 1888, described from the Philippines and seldom reported since. Although scantly studied, this species is known to live in striking symbiosis with a colonial sea anemone that the hermit can stretch back and forth like a blanket over its cephalic shield and part of cephalothoracic appendages, and thus the common name “blanket-crab”. During a study of paguroid collections obtained during recent French-sponsored biodiversity campaigns in the Indo-West Pacific, numerous specimens assignable to Paguropsis were encountered. Analysis and comparison with types and other historical specimens deposited in various museums revealed the existence of five undescribed species. Discovery of these new species, together with the observation of anatomical characters previously undocumented or poorly described, including coloration, required a revision of the genus Paguropsis. The name Chlaenopagurus andersoni Alcock & McArdle, 1901, considered by Alcock (1905) a junior synonym of P. typica, proved to be a valid species and is resurrected as P. andersoni (Alcock, 1899). In two of the new species, the shape of the gills, length/width of exopod of maxilliped 3, width and shape of sternite XI (of pereopods 3), and armature of the dactyls and fixed fingers of the chelate pereopods 4, were found to be characters so markedly different from P. typica and other species discovered that a new genus for them, Paguropsina gen. n., is justified. As result, the genus Paguropsis is found to contain five species: P. typica, P. andersoni, P. confusa sp. n., P. gigas sp. n., and P. lacinia sp. n. Herein, Paguropsina gen. n., is proposed and diagnosed for two new species, P. pistillata gen. et sp. n., and P. inermis gen. et sp. n.; Paguropsis is redefined, P. typica and its previously believed junior synonym, P. andersoni, are redescribed. All species are illustrated, and color photographs provided. Also included are a summary of the biogeography of the two genera and all species; remarks on the significance of the unusual morphology; and remarks on knowledge of the symbiotic anemones used by the species. To complement the morphological descriptions and assist in future population and phylogenetic investigations, molecular data for mitochondrial COI barcode region and partial sequences of 12S and 16S rRNA are reported. A preliminary phylogenetic analysis using molecular data distinctly shows support for the separation of the species into two clades, one with all five species of Paguropsis, and another with the two species Paguropsina gen. n.

BATHUS 3, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, LUMIWAN 2008, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, ZhongSha 2015

Based on the material deposited in the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, collected from the Indo-West Pacific, principally from the New Caledonian region, the present paper reports 117 palaemonoid shrimp species, which belong, respectively, to Anchistioididae ( one genus, one species), Gnathophyllidae ( one genus, one species), Palaemonidae Palaemoninae ( seven genera, nine species), and Palaemonidae Pontoniinae ( 30 genera, 106 species), including eight new species. The new species are all Pontoniinae: Mesopontonia brevicarpalis sp. nov., Palaemonella komaii sp. nov., Periclimenes crosnieri sp. nov., Periclimenes forgesi sp. nov., Periclimenes loyautensis sp. nov., Periclimenes paralcocki sp. nov., Periclimenes paraleator sp. nov., and Periclimenes pseudalcocki sp. nov. The last six new species are members of the deep-water "Periclimenes alcocki species complex'', which has more than two ( usually four) pairs of dorsolateral telson spines anterior to the posterior telson margin, the cornea is usually reduced, the dactyl of the major second chela is generally flanged and the chela is sometimes covered with small tubercles. The complex is usually found at more than 200m depth in the West Pacific. The species can be distinguished from each other by the armature of ambulatory propod and dactyl, diameter of cornea, rostrum shape and the number of pairs of dorsolateral telson spines. Mesopontonia brevicarpalis sp. nov., from the southeast coast of Africa, is the seventh species of the genus. Palaemonella komaii sp. nov. is very similar to Palaemonella dolichodactylus Bruce, 1991 and Palaemonella hachijo Okuno, 1999. These three species share the features of very long and slender ambulatory pereiopods with the dactyl more than eight times longer than its basal depth and with several long setae on the dorsal dactylar margin.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, Restricted, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 8, Restricted, Restricted

The deep-sea genus Ephyrina Smith, 1885, is reported for the first time from Taiwan. The specimens obtained all belong to one species. The Taiwanese material closely resembles E. figueirai Crosnier & Forest, 1973, in having double rows of lateral spines on each side of the telson, but consistently differs from the nominotypical form from the Atlantic in having a longer and more spinose telson,while also the dorsal depression on abdominal somite VI is slightlymore pronounced. Comparison of additional specimens from the Philippines and from Madagascar shows that the West Pacific specimens are nearly identical, but the Madagascan material seems to have characters intermediate between theWest Pacific and Atlantic forms. We decided to propose a subspecific status to the West Pacific population, in order to emphasize the slight but constant differences observed in the telson in this obviously allopatric form of the species.

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3

Ten genera and fourteen species of lysianassoid amphipods are reported from Philippine and Indonesian waters. Nine of these are new species (Aristias coriolis, A. verdensis, Eucallisoma barnardi, Figorella corindon, Onesimoides castellatus, 0. mindoro, Paracentromedon pacificus, Pseudamaryllis andresi and Trischizostoma crosnieri). Five of the genera (Eucallisoma, Figorella, Paracentromedon, Pseudamaryllis and Trischizostoma) are new records for the south-east Asian area. Only four species (Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck, 1871, Ichnopus wardi Lowry & Stoddart, 1992, Onesimoides castellatus and 0. mindoro) are recorded from both areas.

CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The first comprehensive phylogenetic study of the family Oplophoridae is based on four molecular markers and 87 morphological characters. We have examined and coded five major groups of morphological characters related to the rostrum (nine characters), the carapace (10), the abdomen and telson (34), the exopods (eight) and the armature of the posteriormost three pereopods (22). Abdomen/telson-linked characters are the most important in support of genus level and species-group level clades; abdomen/telson-linked, rostrum-linked characters and the armature of the last three pereopods explain the main bulk of speciation. Four robustly supported species groups within Systellaspis are designated: the S. debilis species group, the S. cristata species group, the S. braueri species group and the S. pellucida species group. We provide an amended key to all genera, species groups and species of Oplophoridae. We reveal three groups of morphological characters, which are likely coupled with the same locomotive function and thus evolved as a single unit: carapace, abdomen and exopods. We show that the armature of the posteriormost three pereopods evolved independently of other characters and suggest that this group is linked to such biological roles as mating and grooming.

Restricted, BIOPAPUA, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 3, SALOMONBOA 3

Abstract The shrimp genera Ephyrina, Meningodora and Notostomus have an unusual carapace strengthened with carinae and a half-serrated mandible, which may suggest a possible monophyly of this group. Here we test this hypothesis and present the first phylogenetic study of these genera based on 95 morphological characters (all valid species coded) and six molecular markers (71% of valid species sequenced). Representatives of all genera of Oplophoridae (sister to Acanthephyridae) were outgroups, 32 species belonging to all genera and potentially different clades of Acanthephyridae were ingroups. Both morphological and molecular analyses retrieve trees with similar topology. Our results reject the hypothesis of a clade formed by Ephyrina + Meningodora + Notostomus. We show that Ephyrina and Notostomus are monophyletic, both on morphological and on molecular trees, Meningodora gains support only on morphological trees. Evolutionary traits in the Ephyrina and Meningodora + Notostomus clades are different. Synapomorphies are mostly linked to adaptations to forward motion in Ephyrina (oar-like meri and ischia of pereopods, stempost-like rostrum) and to progressive strengthening of the carapace and pleon in Meningodora and Notostomus (net of sharp carinae). Unusual mandibles evolved in the clades independently and represent convergent adaptations to feeding on gelatinous organisms.

ATIMO VATAE, Restricted, BIOPAPUA, Restricted, GUYANE 2014, KAVIENG 2014, MAINBAZA, MD20 (SAFARI), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMONBOA 3, Walters Shoal

Nephropidae collected by expeditions to several localities in the Indian and West Pacific coeans have been examined. One species of Acathacaris, five species of Metanephrops and eight species of Pephropsis have been identified. In addiation, a new species of Metanephrops (M. mozambicus) and two new species of Nephropsis (N. acanthura and N. sulcata) are described. A revision of the genus Nephropsis in the Indian and Pacific oceans is also provided.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CORINDON 2, Restricted, MD28 (SAFARI II), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5

In order to clarify the systematic status of Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, which has been mixed with several other species constituting a complex, a neotype of this species from Kagoshima, Japan, is selected and described. Examination of the type materials of M. heteracantha Ortmann, 1892, M. semoni Ortmann, 1894 (previously merged with M. heteracantha) and M. honshuensis Benedict, 1902 (previously considered synonymous with M. japonica), discloses that they are valid species. Comparison of these species with numerous specimens from the Philippines, Indonesia, Japan, and the western Indian Ocean yields 13 new relatives species to be described.

BIOCAL, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Fifteen species of galatheid crustaceans belonging to the genus Munida Leach, 1820 are reported from the Philippines and Indonesia. Six of these species are described as new : M. analoga, M. gilii, M. minuta, M. parvula, M. pusiola and M. sacksi.

CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4

Galatheid crustaceans of the genus Paramunida Baba, 1988, collected in the Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia, have been studied. The collection contains 12 species, seven of which are described as new : P. belone, P. evexa, P. pictura, P. polita, P. pronoe, P. stichas, and P. thalie. An identification key for all of the species of the genus is provided.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

A large collection of species of the genus Munida has been examined and found to contain 56 undescribed species. The specimens examined were caught mainly off New Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands, Loyalty Islands, Matthew and Hunter Islands. Several samples from Kiribati, the Philippines and Indonesia have also been included. The specimens were collected between 6 and 2 049 m. Some species previously known in the area (Af. Gracilis, M. haswelli, M. microps, M. spinicordata and M. tubercidata) have been illustrated. These results point up the high diversity of this genus in the region and the importance of several characters in species identification (e.g., size and number of lateral spines on the carapace, ornamentation of the thoracic sternites, size of antennular and antennal spines, colour pattern).

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The species of the genus Raymunida from the Pacific and Indian oceans are revised using morphological characters and the mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase subunit I sequences. Four new species are described (R. confundens. R. dextralis, R. erythrina, and R. insulata), and the status of R. bellior and R. elegantissima are revised. The species of Raymunida can be identified by subtle morphological characters, which match differences in mitochondrial nucleotide sequences. Therefore. the sequence divergences confirm the specific and phylogenetic value of some morphological characters (e.g., length of the mesial spine on the basal antennal segment, length of the walking legs). Furthermore. they confirm the importance of the color pattern as a diagnostic character. The widespread species (R. elegantissima), known from the Philippines to Fiji, shows minimal divergence between specimens from different localities (maximum of 3 nucleotide differences or 0.2% mean divergence). The phylogenetic reconstruction agreed with the monophyletic condition of Raymunida and its differentiation with respect to the genus Munida (in which Raymunida species had previously been included) and Agononida.

BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 8

We analyzed the distribution patterns of the galatheid squat lobsters (Crustacea, Decapoda, Galatheidae) of the Pacific Ocean. We used the presence/absence data of 402 species along the continental slope and continental rise (200-2000 m) obtained from 54 cruises carried out in areas around the Philippines, Indonesia, Solomon, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Tonga, Wallis and Futuna and French Polynesia. The total number of stations was ca. 3200. We also used published data from other expeditions carried out in the Pacific waters, and from an exhaustive search of ca. 600 papers on the taxonomy and biogeography of Pacific species. We studied the existence of biogeographic provinces using multivariate analyses, and present data on latitudinal and longitudinal patterns of species richness, rate of endemism and the relationship between body sizes with the size of the geographic ranges. Latitudinal species richness along the Western and Eastern Pacific exhibited an increase from higher latitudes towards the Equator. Longitudinal species richness decreased considerably from the Western to the Central Pacific. Size frequency distribution for body size was strongly shifted toward small sizes and endemic species were significantly smaller than non-endemics. This study concludes that a clear separation exists between the moderately poor galatheid fauna of the Eastern Pacific and the rich Western and Central Pacific faunas. Our results also show that the highest numbers of squat lobsters are found in the Coral Sea (Solomon-Vanuatu-New Caledonia islands) and Indo-Malay-Philippines archipelago (IMPA). The distribution of endemism along the Pacific Ocean indicates that there are several major centres of diversity, e.g. Coral Sea, IMPA, New Zealand and French Polynesia. The high proportion of endemism in these areas suggests that they have evolved independently. (C) 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, TERRASSES

During two cruises to Vanuatu, MUSORSTOM 8 (September-October 1994) and SANTO 2006 (September-October 2006), numerous specimens of deep-sea galatheids belonging to the genus Galathea Fabricius, 1793 were collected. The specimens were caught at stations at depths between 180 and 702 m. These collections contain five new species (G. barbellata n. sp., G. echinata n. sp., G. profunda n. sp., G. raventosae n. sp. and G. sanctae n. sp.), all of which are also found in other collections obtained by French cruises to New Caledonia. Galathea barbellata n. sp., G. echinata n. sp. and G. profunda n. sp. are closely related to G. robusta Baba, 1990, from Madagascar, G. raventosae n. sp. resembles G. consobrina De Man, 1902, from Indonesia, the Philippines, South China Sea and SW Australia, and G. sanctae n. sp. is very close to G. multilineata Balss, 1913, from Japan, East China Sea, Taiwan and the Philippines.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BOA0, HALIPRO 1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

ATIMO VATAE, CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5

The genus Galathea is one of the most speciose and unwieldy groups in the family Galatheidae. The examination of more than 9000 specimens of 144 species collected in the Indian and Pacific Oceans using morphological and molecular characters, has revealed the existence of 92 new species. The specimens examined during this study were obtained by various French expeditions supplemented by other collections from various sources, and including the type specimens of some previously described species. Most of the new species are distinguished by subtle but constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular divergences of the mitochondrial markers COI and/or 16S rRNA. Here, we describe and illustrate the new species and redescribe some previously described species for which earlier accounts are not sufficiently detailed for modern standards. Furthermore we include a dichotomous identification key to all species in the genus from the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restricted, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restricted, RAPA 2002, Restricted, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, Restricted, Restricted, TERRASSES

Specimens of squat lobsters belonging to the family Galatheidae, representing the genera Galathea and Nanogalathea, were collected during several cruises carried out in New Caledonia, Papua New Guinea, the Philippines and Phoenix Islands. The study of these specimens integrating molecular and morphological data revealed the presence of eight new species in Galathea and one in Nanogalathea. We describe and illustrate these new species. Molecular data from mitochondrial markers were also included to support the taxonomic status of the species. Finally, a key to species for the genus Galathea from the Indian and Pacific Oceans is also provided.

BIOPAPUA, KANACONO, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, PAPUA NIUGINI, SPANBIOS

Several species of litholid crabs from the Western Pacific were studied. One new species (Lithodes richeri) from New Caledonia is described. The five other species (Neolithodes vinogradovi, Lithodes turritus, Paralomis segranti, Paralomis haigae and Paralomis sp.) are reported for the first time in the area and their taxonomic position is discussed.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 3

A phylogenetic analysis of 11 taxa and 31 characters resulted in a single most parsimonious tree that supports monophyly of the goniasterid genera Iconaster and Glyphodiscus. Four new species, Glyphodiscus magnificus n. sp., Glyphodiscus pentagonalis n. sp., Iconaster uchelbeluuensis n. sp., and Iconaster vanuatuensis n. sp., are described and two species are synonymized. At least three species within the genus Iconaster appear to have invaded shallower water from a deeper-water ancestry. Glassy tubercles, similar to those interpreted as photoreceptors in ophiuroids and other goniasterids, are present in the shallow-water Iconaster clade. Glassy tubercles are largely absent in the deeper-water sister and outgroup taxa, suggesting their occurrence is related to photic zone or shallow-water occupation. Biogeographic patterns as presently known suggest that diversification in Iconaster and Glyphodiscus has been restricted to the central and south Pacific regions.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, Restricted, SMIB 4

BIOCAL, Restricted, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

Living species of Meiocardia, Glossidae, are reviewed on the basis of specimens stored in various museums and institutions, including the MUSORSTOM collection of Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. Six species, one of them new, are reported from the Indo-West Pacific. The type species, M. moltkiana (Gmelin, 1791), has been variously interpreted by authors, so we redescribe it and give a new diagnosis of the genus. Other species of Meiocardia are: M. sanguineomaculata (Dunker, 1882) (Philippines to Seychelles); M. vulgaris (Reeve, 1845) (China to Philippines); M. globosa sp. nov. (eastern Indian Ocean to Taiwan and Philippines); M. samarangiae Bernard, Cai & Morton, 1993 (Japan); and M. hawaiana Dall, Bartsch & Rehder, 1938 (western Indian Ocean to Hawaii). Meiocardia lamarckii (Reeve, 1845) is synonymised with M. moltkiana. Meiocardia lamarckii of Japanese authors is not the same as M. lamarckii (Reeve), but is conspecific with M. hawaiana. Meiocardia samarangiae Bernard, Cai & Morton, 1993 is a replacement name for Isocardia tetragona Adams & Reeve, 1850 non Koch & Dunker, 1837. The genus Glossocardia, Trapezidae, is redescribed on the basis of the type-species, Glossocardia obesa (Reeve, 1843) (tropical West Pacific). It includes Glossocardia stoliczkana Prashad, 1932 (Philippines and New Caledonia) and the tropical western Atlantic G. agassizii (Dall, 1886), which was originally assigned to Meiocardia. There are no records of living or fossil species of Meiocardia from the western Atlantic or eastern Pacific.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restricted, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restricted, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Neomerinthe ignea (Scorpaenidae), a new species of scorpionfish from the western Pacific Ocean, previously confused with Neomerinthe erostris (Alcock 1896), is described. The new species is characterized by the following combination of characteristics: body size less than about 90 mm standard length (SL); lateral lacrimal and second preopercular spines present; usually a distinct longitudinal ridge on lateral surface of maxilla; usually 18 pectoral-fin rays; 37–42 longitudinal series scale rows; pored lateral-line scales 23–25; scale rows above lateral line 4–6, below lateral line 9–11, between sixth dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 5 or 6, and between last dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 5–7; usually 6 upper gill rakers, 9–16 lower gill rakers (8–10 and 0–7 rakers on ceratohyal and hypobranchial, respectively); numerous cycloid scales on ventral body surface between isthmus and posterior to pelvic fin; 1st dorsal-fin ray length 14.7–19.1% of SL, 2nd dorsal-fin ray length 14.6–18.9% of SL, 3rd dorsal-fin ray length 15.6–18.9% of SL, 4th dorsal-fin ray length 15.2–19.1% of SL, and 5th dorsal-fin ray length 14.2–19.5% of SL; body bright orange to reddish-white when fresh; body and pectoral fins pale yellowish, with indistinct blotches on lateral body surface when preserved. A molecular genetic analysis based on the mitochondrial marker Cytochrome c oxidase subunit I showed that the new species formed a clade distinct from congeneric species. In addition, records of N. erostris, a species similar to N. ignea, are reviewed, and additional specimens from northern Australia noted.

CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A taxonomic review of five scorpaenid nominal species included in the Neomerinthe bucephalus species group [Neomerinthe amplisquamiceps (Fowler 1938), Neomerinthe bucephalus (Alcock 1896), Neomerinthe kaufmani (Herre 1952), Neomerinthe megalepis (Fowler 1938), and Neomerinthe procurva Chen 1981], characterized by a lateral lacrimal spine, recognized four to be valid (N. amplisquamiceps, N. bucephalus, N. kaufmani, and N. megalepis), with N. procurva regarded as a junior synonym of N. bucephalus. A lectotype was designated for N. bucephalus in this study. The valid species, supported by a molecular analysis based on the mitochondrial marker Cytochrome c Oxidase subunit I, can also be identified from combinations of the following characteristics: numbers of pectoral-fin rays, scale rows in the longitudinal series, scale rows below the lateral line, and scale rows between the sixth dorsal-fin spine and lateral line, eleventh dorsal-fin spine length, caudal-peduncle length and depth, and body coloration. In addition, the new species Neomerinthe harenartis is described based on four specimens collected from Vanuatu. This species, also bearing a lateral lacrimal spine, is distinguished from other Indo-Pacific Neomerinthe by having 19 pectoral-fin rays, 47 or 48 scale rows in the longitudinal series, 6 or 7 scale rows above the lateral line, and body depth 31.0–32.8% of SL, and lacking a second preopercular spine. A key to species in the N. bucephalus species group is given.

CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 6

A new scorpionfish, Ebosia saya sp. nov. (Scorpaenidae: Pteroinae), is described on the basis of 10 specimens collected from the Saya de Malha Bank in depths of 95–126 m. Comparisons with two valid Indo-Pacific species, Ebosia bleekeri (Döderlein in Steindachner and Do¨derlein 1884) (western Pacific Ocean) and Ebosia falcata Eschmeyer and Rama-Rao 1978 (northern and eastern Indian Ocean), showed E. saya to be most similar to the latter, with both species sharing 8 (usually) anal-fin soft rays, 17 (usually) pectoral-fin rays, the elongated parietal spine of males relatively narrow and strongly falcate posterodorsally, and the pectoral fin predominantly yellow in males, whereas E. bleekeri has 7 (usually) anal-fin soft rays, 16 (usually) pectoral-fin rays, the elongated parietal spine of males relatively broad and weakly falcate, and the pectoral fins entirely red in males. However, E. saya differs from E. falcata in having 5 scale rows above the lateral line [vs. 4 or 5 (modally 4) in E. falcata], slightly greater total numbers (5–20, mean 12.3) of preocular, supraocular, and postocular spines at 60–90 mm SL (vs. 4–18, 8.4), shorter postorbital length 18.1–19.2 (mean 18.7) % SL [vs. 19.8–23.5 (21.5) % SL], and the blotch above the pectoral-fin base and blotches on the pectoral-fin membrane all relatively smaller. Fresh coloration of E. falcata is described for the first time, based on specimens from the Andaman Sea (easternmost record for the species).

MUSORSTOM 3, SANTO 2006

Dampierosa daruma Whitley 1932 and Erosa erosa (Cuvier in Cuvier and Valenciennes 1829) (Synanceiidae) were redescribed on the basis of both primary type and non-type specimens. The validity of Dampierosa Whitley 1932 has previously been uncertain, the name sometimes being regarded as a junior synonym of Erosa Swainson 1839. However, the following morphological differences between the type species of both genera (monotypic) confirmed the validity of the former: (1) usually XIII, 8 dorsal-fin rays in D. daruma (vs. XIV, 6 in E. erosa); (2) usually I, 6 anal-fin rays (vs. III, 5); (3) 12 pectoralfin rays (vs. 15); (4) dorsal head contour rounded in lateral view (vs. not rounded); (5) occipital pit star or asterisk shaped (vs. parallelogram or quadrate shaped); (6) opercle relatively small, with weakly developed spines and ridges (vs. opercle relatively large, with well developed spines and ridges); (7) 2nd mandibular pores (just behind mandibular symphysis) separated in large adults (fused, forming a single pore in small specimens) (vs. fused, forming a single pore throughout life); and (8) body entirely covered with numerous warts (vs. partially covered with warts). Erosa fratrum Ogilby 1910a and Erosa iridea Ogilby 1910b are regarded as junior synonyms of nominal Synanceia erosa. Dampierosa daruma is restricted to northwestern Australia, whereas E. erosa is widely distributed in the western Pacific and southeastern Indian Ocean, ranging from Australia, New Caledonia and Tonga north to Japan.

MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8

The hermit crab genus Nematopagurus, erected by A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier (1892) for a single Atlantic species, has vastly larger reported representation in the Indo-Pacific region. However, the majority of species have been described on the basis of one or only a few specimens. The Musorstom expeditions to the south central Pacific and Philippine Islands, supplemented by the surveys of the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross in Hawaiian, Philippine and Japanese waters, have provided not only a substantial amount of new material, but sufficient representation of most described species to permit the evaluation of intraspecific morphological variation. As a result, although five new species have been recognized, three recently described species have proven to be junior synonyms of previously known, but poorly represented, species. Nematopagurus holthuisi McLaughlin & Hogarth and N. pilosus Komai are synonymous with N. gardineri Alcock, while N. shinnyoae Komai is synonymous with N. kosiensis McLaughlin. The range of N. diadema Lewinsohn, reported previously from the Red Sea, the eastern coast of South Africa, and the South China Sea, has been extended to Fiji, while that of N. meiringae McLaughlin, known from eastern South Africa and the South and East China Seas, has been extended to the Philippine Islands. Nematopagurus kosiensis McLaughlin, previously known only from eastern South Africa has been found not only in Japanese waters, but also as far east as the Hawaiian Islands. Species identified by several authors as N. squamichelis Alcock and N. muricatus (Henderson) have been reexamined and correctly reassigned to other taxa. Descriptions and illustrations are presented for all species, together with a key for their recognition.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 3, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, SALOMON 1

A new classification is presented based on the results of the recently completed cladistic analysis of the Pylochelidae. The subfamilies Pylochelinae and Pomatochelinae are retained, the latter with the genera Pylocheles and Cheiroplatea; however, the subgenera Xylocheles and Bathycheles are elevated to generic rank together with the nominal subgenus Pylocheles. In addition, one new species, B. phenax, is described in Bathycheles and B. profundus is shown to be conspecific with B. integer. The subfamilies Parapylochelinae, Cancellochelinae, Trizochelinae, and Mixtopagurinae are reduced to ranks of tribes and included in the subfamily Trizochelinae. A new genus Forestocheles is proposed in the tribe Trizochelini. Within the genus Trizocheles, subspecific rank for T. spinosus bathamae is deemed unjustified and this taxon is placed in synonymy with the nominal subspecies T spinosus spinosus. The correct identity of Trizocheles balssi is established and the species mistakenly thought to represent that taxon is described as T. hoensonae, new species. Trizocheles gracilis is found to be conspecific with T. boasi and an additional new species, T. mendanai, is added to the genus. The superfamilial ranks of Cheiroplateoidea, Pomatocheloidea, Pylocheloidea, and Cancellocheloidea proposed by Watabe (2007) are rejected, as is Birgusoidea.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Although this paper concerns a large collection of dromiid crabs from the Philippine Islands and New Caledonia, with a few specimens from Indonesia and Hawaii, the opportunity is taken to review and revise most of the genera of the Dromiidae. The basis of the revision involves a much wider range of characters than have been used before. Excessive emphasis on the nature of the female sternal grooves is abandoned, and more attention is paid to relative dimensions and ornamentation of the carapace, arrangement of spines on and around the dactyli of all the legs, fusion of the last two segments of the abdomen, and size of the uropod plates. A new set of characters describing the second antenna and the male abdominal locking mechanism are also used. The impxDrtance of the cheliped epipod character is discussed and is shown to be variable in some genera. A total of 28 genera are defined or redefined and a key to their identification is provided, along with keys to the identification of 99 species in these genera. The following genera are restricted and/or redefined : Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858, Cryptodromiopsis Borradaile, 1903, Dromia Weber, 1795, Dromidia Stimpson, 1858, Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1900, Epigodromia (a replacement name for Epidromia Kossmann, 1818, which is preoccupied), Homalodromia Miers, 1884, Paradromia Balss, 1921, Petalomera Stimpson, 1858, and Pseudodromia Stimpson, 1858, resulting in the creation of 10 new genera. Ascidiophilus Richters, 1880, Conchoecetes Stimpson, 1858, Epipedodromia Andre, 1932, Eudromidia Barnard, 1947, Exodromidia Stebbing, 1905, Hemisphaerodromia Barnard, 1954, Hypoconcha Guerin-M6neville, 1854, Speodromia Barnard, 1947, and Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899, remain unmodified. After the elimination of many synonyms and together with the new material described herein, the Dromiidae now includes 29 genera and 109 species. The generic revision has major implications for the dromiid crabs of, not only the Philippines and New Caledonia but also, the rest of the Indo-Pacific region, Australia, South Africa, and the Atlantic. Until now only six species of dromiid crabs were known from New Caledonia and the Philippine Islands. This number is increased to 29 species belonging to 13 genera. The most common species are Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906) nov. comb., Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884, Cryptodromia coronata Stimpson, 1858, Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984, and Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913) nov. comb. Most of these dromiids come from shallow water, less than 100 m, and the maximum number of sp)ecies occurs in the depth interval of 30-60 m. The greatest depth of 437 m is shown by Frodromia atypica (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb. There is a large range of body size from a few millimetres, for Homalodromia coppingeri, to around 200 mm CW, for Dromia dormia. Egg size ranges from 0.4 mm to 1.1 mm diameter but there is no evidence of direct development amongst these dromiids. The apparent biogeographic affinities of the dromiids from New Caledonia and the Philippines are, in decreasing order, with Japan, Indian Ocean, Indonesia, and Australia. The apparent affinity with Japan may well be an artifact of more intensive collecting. The most wide ranging species are Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906), Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763), D. wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902) nov. comb., Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Riippell, 1830) nov. comb., Cryptodromia hilgendorfi De Man, 1888, and C. fallax (Lamarck, 1818) nov. comb. These species also represent the most wide ranging genera. The collection of species largely consists of widely distributed species typical of an island fauna.

BERYX 2, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

Seven species of retroplumid crabs are recorded from Indonesia, Philippine Islands, Solomon Islands, Fiji Islands and New Caledonia. These include Retropluma denticulata (Solomon Islands), R. notopus (Fiji), R. plumosa (Fiji), R. quadrata (Philippine Islands), R. serenei (Fiji Islands and New Caledonia), R. laurentae n. sp. (Indonesia, Philippine Islands, Solomon Islands and New Caledonia), and Bathypluma forficula (Solomon Islands and New Caledonia). The new material considerably extends the distribution of retroplumid crabs eastwards in the Pacific and also extends the depth range of several species. There are now ten extant species of retroplumids known in two genera: Bathypluma de Saint Laurent, 1989 and Retropluma Gill, 1894. Although larval development is unknown, their small egg size suggests that retroplumids have indirect development. Three fossil genera, containing eight species, are recognized: Costacopluma Collins & Morris, 1975, Retrocypoda Via Boada, 1957 and Loerenthopluma Beschin et al. 1996. Some of the fossils placed in the Retroplumidae probably belong to the Palicidae Bouvier, 1898. An analysis of recently discovered fossil retroplumids shows that this family first appeared in the Proto-Atlantic Ocean during the Late Cretaceous, but became extinct in the Atlantic by the Pliocene. The family is now only found in Indo-West Pacific seas.

BATHUS 1, BORDAU 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMON 1

Three new species of unstalked crinoids (Echinodermata, Crinoidea) belonging to the comasterid genera Comactinia A. H. Clark, 1909, Capillaster A. H. Clark, 1909 and Cenolia A. H. Clark, 1916 from depths of 73-310 m, are described. Comactinia titan n. sp., from the Philippines and New Caledonia, which bears thicker arms than any other comasterid, is the first representative of its genus recorded outside the tropical western Atlantic. Capillaster squarrosus n. sp., from Vanuatu, resembles C. multiradiatus (Linnaeus, 1758) but has uniquely modified arms. Cenolia amezianeae n. sp., from southern New Caledonia and Vanuatu, resembles its congeners but bears combs on pinnules as far as P-19 (rather than just to P-4 as in other Cenolia), which requires an emendation of the generic diagnosis.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5

A large collection of 187 identified ascidian species is added to the records published in 1996 from the same tropical western Pacific islands. Most of the specimens were collected by the US Coral Reef Research Foundation (CRRF). They come from depths accessible by SCUBA diving. Most of the collection’s species are described and figured, their color in life is illustrated by 112 underwater photographs; among them 48 are new species representing a fourth of the material collected. This demonstrates how incomplete the knowledge of the ascidian diversity in this part of the world remains. Moreover, very small or inconspicuous species were seldom collected, as compared to the highly coloured and large forms. Many other immature specimens were also collected but their precise identification was not possible. Almost all littoral families are represented with the exception of the Molgulidae which are more characteristic of soft sediments, a biotope which was not investigated. Among the very diversified genera, the colonial forms largely dominate, including not only all the Aplousobranchia genera but also some Phlebobranchia and Stolidobranchia. Very often only one specimen was available, so a detailed biogeographical distribution cannot be given, and no island endemism can be defined

MUSORSTOM 3

The specimens collected during several recent oceanographic cruises in the tropical western Pacific, sponsored jointly by the MNHN and the IRD, consist of 53 ascidian species, and among them 16 new species. For others, the geographic distribution is increased in the western Pacific. The remarkably high diversity of these organisms between 50 and 1000 m in this part of the world is demonstrated. In all oceans at these depths the ascidian fauna is dominated by solitary organisms, whereas along the littoral fringe the majority of ascidian species are colonial. This systematic pattern is likely to be influenced by substrate: hard nearshore and soft offshore. In this study, among the new species, the solitary ascidians largely dominate, especially well represented by stolidobranchs with eight Styelidae of four genera, four Pyuridae with also four genera, and one Molgulidae. However the originality of this deep fauna is enhanced by the presence, in the typical Octacnemidae family, of a new genus Myopegma n. gen. with a very small species M. melanesium n. gen., n. sp. which has a very peculiar musculature justifying a new taxon.

BATHUS 2, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1

The Indo-West Pacific species, Neomerinthe erostris (Alcock 1896), originally described as Scorpaena erostris, is redescribed as a senior synonym of Scorpaena gibbifrons Fowler 1938, N. rotunda Chen 1981, and N. bathyperimensis Zajonz & Klausewitz 2002. Although the latter three nominal species have been regarded as valid species and N. erostris has not been reported since 1898, examinations of type specimens of the four nominal species revealed that they represent a single species. A lectotype of Scorpaena erostris is herein designated. Neomerinthe erostris is characterized by having a distinct longitudinal ridge on the lateral surface of the maxilla and a strongly rounded dorsal profile of the head.

MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 5

A taxonomic review of the scorpaenid genus Pteroidichthys Bleeker, 1856 resulted in recognizing four valid species, including two new species; P. acutus n. sp., P. amboinensis Bleeker 1856, P. caussei n. sp., and P. noronhai (Fowler 1938). The genus Pteropelor Fowler, 1938 is regarded as a junior synonym of Pteroidichthys. Rhinopias godfreyi Whitley 1954, previously treated as a valid species, is herein regarded as a junior synonym of P. amboinensis. Pteroidichthys amboinensis and P. caussei have two spines and six soft rays in the anal fin and a supplemental preopercular spine, whereas P. acutus and P. noronhai have three spines and five rays, and lack the spine. Pteroidichthys amboinensis differs from P. caussei in having flexible dorsal-fin spines (vs. rigid in the latter) and tentacles on the supraocular and posterior lacrimal spines well developed, their lengths greater than the orbit diameter (vs. less than orbit diameter). Pteroidichthys noronhai differs from P. acutus in having a relatively short snout, its length shorter than (vs. longer than in the latter) the postorbital length, and a distance between tips of the lateral lacrimal and first suborbital spines shorter than or subequal to (vs. longer than) that between tips of the first and second suborbital spines. Pteroidichthys acutus is known from the western Pacific in depths of 73–400 m, P. amboinensis from the Indo-West Pacific in 7–43 m, P. caussei from the South Pacific in 68–122 m, and P. noronhai from the western Pacific and Western Australia in 52–215 m.

CHALCAL 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted

Lioscorpius trifasciatus, originally described from 16 specimens taken from Australian territory in the Tasman and Coral seas, is now reported from New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Fiji with 224 additional specimens. A revised species’ diagnosis is provided based on these new specimens, along with fresh colour photographs.

BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

Pentanchus profundicolus is an enigmatic shark, characterized by a single dorsal fin. The holotype, which was collected in 1909 from the Philippines, had remained the only known example of the species for 90 years. A second specimen, collected from the same waters, is re-described. The presence of a single dorsal fin remains equivocal in so far as it represents the normal condition for the species. Aspects of the species' relationship with the species ofApristurus are discussed.

MUSORSTOM 3

The identities of the deep-water brachyuran crabs Carcinoplax abyssicola (Miers, 1885), C. longipes (Wood-Mason, 1891), and C. specularis Rathbun, 1914 (family Goneplacidae MacLeay, 1838) are clarified on the basis of the examination of types and of an extensive series of specimens from the Indo-West Pacific region, including colour photographs of fresh specimens. Two species described from the Philippines, C. verdensis Rathbun, 1914 and C. polita Guinot, 1989, and previously synonymised under C. specularis, are shown to be distinct species. Two new species, C. adelphia n. sp. and C. jugum n. sp., are described from Vanuatu and the Philippines, respectively. Carcinoplax adelphia n. sp. differs from the closely allied C. specularis by having a male first gonopod (G1) that is relatively more elongated, particularly the distinctly more slender distal half, than the G1 of C. specularis. Carcinoplax jugum n. sp. is characterized by a suite of characters that includes an epistome with strongly concave lateral margins, a carapace having distinctly swollen gastric and cardiac regions, and a G1 with a subconical distal part. The taxonomies of these seven species, as well as that of the allied C. fasciata Ng & Kumar, 2016 from southwestern India, are revised. A revised, updated key to the 25 known species of Carcinoplax H. Milne Edwards, 1852 is also provided.

BATHUS 4, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, EXBODI, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2001, TARASOC

The taxonomy of spider crabs of the genus Maja Lamarck, 1801, is revised, and a total of 36 species in 10 genera are now recognised from the eastern Atlantic, Mediterranean and Indo-West Pacific. The present revision describes seven genera and 17 species as new. Two genera previously synonymised under Maja: Paramaya De Haan, 1837, and Paramaja Kubo, 1936, are here treated as valid taxa. The confused nomenclature of Cancer cornutus Linnaeus, 1758, is resolved, and the name replaces Maja capensis Ortmann, 1894, and Mamaia queketti Stebbing, 1908. All genera and species are diagnosed and figured, and keys are provided for their identification.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, EBISCO, EXBODI, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

The family Chasmocarcinidae Serène, 1964, is revised based on the examination of the type material of many of its species as well as unidentified and previously identified material from around the world. The revised family now consists of three subfamilies comprising 16 genera (including eight described as new) and 51 species (including 19 described as new). The subfamily Chasmocarciinae Serène, 1964, consists of Amboplax n. gen. with one species; Angustopelta n. gen. with four species, two of which are new; Camatopsis Alcock & Anderson, 1899, with six species, five of which are new; Chasmocarcinops Alcock, 1900, with one species; Chasmocarcinus Rathbun, 1898, with 11 species, one of which is new; Chinommatia n. gen. with five species, two of which are new; Deltopelta n. gen. with one species; Hephthopelta Alcock, 1899, with two species, one of which is new; Microtopsis Komai, Ng & Yamada, 2012, with two species, one of which is new; Notopelta n. gen. with one species; Statommatia n. gen. with five species, two of which are new; and Tenagopelta n. gen. with three species, two of which are new. The subfamily Megaesthesiinae Števčić, 2005, consists of Alainthesius n. gen. with two species, both of which are new; Megaesthesius Rathbun, 1909, with four species, one of which is new. The subfamily Trogloplacinae Guinot, 1986, consists of Australocarcinus Davie, 1988, with three species, and Trogloplax Guinot, 1986, with one species. A neotype is selected for Chasmocarcinus cylindricus Rathbun, 1901. Three nominal species were found to be junior subjective synonyms of other species: Chasmocarcinus panamensis Serène, 1964, of C. longipes Garth, 1940; Chasmocarcinus rathbuni Bouvier, 1917, of C. typicus Rathbun, 1898; and Hephthopelta superba Boone, 1927, of Deltopelta obliqua (Rathbun, 1898). Thirteen chasmocarcinid genera are exclusively found in the Indo-West Pacific region, one (Chasmocarcinus) in both the Western Atlantic and Tropical Eastern Pacific regions, and two (Deltopelta n. gen. and Amboplax n. gen.) exclusively in the Western Atlantic. Chasmocarcinids are remarkable for occurring from depths exceeding 1000 m to shallow water and completely freshwater habitats: chasmocarcinines and megaesthesiines are found from shallow to deep water marine ecosystems, whereas trogloplacines live in freshwater streams, including cave systems.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, Restricted, CORINDON 2, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2012, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

Collections held by the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle until now unstudied contain six species of Axiidea de Saint Laurent, 1979 and Gebiidea de Saint Laurent, 1979 from the Indo-west Pacific. Three species of Callianassidae Dana, 1852 are new: Calliax tulearensis n. sp., and Calliaxina thomassini n. sp. From Madagascar and Callianassa coriolisae n. sp. From the Philippines. Neocallichirus audax (de Man, 1911), Axianassa ngochoae Anker, 2010 and Gebiacantha richeri Ngoc-Ho, 1989 are reported for the first time from Vietnam. The new species are described and morphological variabilites in the others are discussed

LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3

The genus Calliapagurops De Saint Laurent was established in 1973 for a new species, Calliapagurops charcoti, which was briefly diagnosed. The holotype and only known specimen was a damaged (probable) female, with a carapace length of 9.5 mm and missing abdomen and pereiopods 4, 5, from the Azores. Its long cylindrical eyestalks nevertheless justified its placement in a new genus. Four specimens belonging to a new species of Calliapagurops from the Philippines are described in this work. They confirm the validity of the genus and reveal its close relationship with certain genera of the subfamily Callichirinae Manning & Felder, 1991. The genus seems better placed in the latter subfamily than in the Calliapaguropinae, as proposed by Sakai (1999). This is discussed.

MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

BORDAU 1, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, VAUBAN 1978-1979

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Sunken woods are abundant in deep oceanic environments, housing a huge faunal diversity. Studies on that substrate firstly focused on the associated organisms, but since a few years, identification of wood is a further aim. The purpose is to appreciate its degradation state, diversity, geographical origin and to identify specific associations between colonizing organisms and substrates. The first determinations were made on sunken woods from Taiwan/Philippines, the Vanuatu Archipelago, and the Mediterranean Sea. Samples' identification was based on histological studies. Different preparation techniques were used, depending on their degradation state. Detailed anatomy descriptions were made and compared to the native flora and the introduced species. Wood samples were well preserved. Diversified species were encountered, seemingly originating from local floras. In situ settlements of known wood species will enhance the knowledge of degradation and colonization degrees.

BOA0, MUSORSTOM 3, TAIWAN 2002

Squat lobsters have a worldwide distribution and are highly visible crustaceans living in a broad range of habitats. In this study, partial sequences of two mitochondrial DNA genes (16S rRNA and COI) and a nuclear gene (H3) were obtained for all but one of the known species of the shallow-water genera Sadayoshia (Munididae) and Lauriea, Macrothea and Triodonthea (Galatheidae). Lauriea siagiani appeared to be phylogenetically closer to Triodonthea and Macrothea than to other Lauriea species, suggesting the need for taxonomic re-evaluation of these taxa. All species of Sadayoshia formed a monophyletic group that would have diverged during the Paleogene (around 50 Mya). Our results support the hypothesis that the late Paleogene–Neogene transition was a period of rapid diversification for shallowwater species of both Galatheidae and Munididae in the Indo-Pacific region. This is probably related to high tectonic activity among the Eurasian, Philippine Sea, Indo-Australian and Pacific plates and corresponding changes in distribution of habitats and ocean currents during the late Paleogene. Finally, the tropical south-west Pacific province is identified as a major diversification centre for shallow-water squat lobsters, from where species dispersed to other Pacific and Indian Ocean regions.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, CHALCAL 1, CORAIL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5

The University of the Philippines (UP) Biology Invertebrate Museum has recently completed the curation of its accessioned collections of invertebrates. This paper reports on the availability of the said collections to the community of researchers studying invertebrates. The accessioned collections were assessed in terms of their taxonomic scope, geographical range, and chronological breadth. A total of 4,238 accessioned specimens are in the Museum, which is composed of 1,108 non-insectan arthropods, 1,149 cnidarians, 178 echinoderms, and 1,803 mollusks. The insect specimens, all of which do not have any accession numbers, are yet to be curated. A total of 1,185 species belonging to 621 genera are found in the collections. The Museum’s sampling activities were greatest in the western part of the Philippines, specifically in Puer to Galera, Oriental Mindoro. Much of the Eastern regions in the Philippines are yet to be sampled, particularly the terrestrial habitats. Prolific museum contributors include Francisco Nemenzo, Sr. (709 specimen lots), Neon Rosell (327 specimen lots), and Fernando Dayrit (233 specimen lots). At present, plans for collection expansion is underway, to encourage collaborative research with other natural history museums.

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

Brachyuran crabs belonging to the subfamily Ethusinae Guinot, 1977, family Dorippidae MacLeay, 1838, are adapted to carry bivalve shells or other objects on their backs by using the hooked dactyli of their last two pairs of pereopods (P4 and P5), which are dorsally located and mobile. Most species inhabit deep water and are infrequently collected. The taxonomy of the 57 known Indo-West Pacific species of ethusines is revised. The subfamily consists of three genera: Ethusa Roux, 1830, with 30 species of which four are being described as new, Ethusina Smith, 1884, with 25 species of which eight are new, and Parethusa Chen, 1997, with two species of which one is new. Ethusa and Ethusina are worldwide in distribution while Parethusa is exclusive to the Indo-West Pacific region. Seven nominal species described by other authors were found to be junior subjective synonyms of other species: Ethusa major Chen, 1993, of Ethusa orientalis Miers, 1886; Ethusa makasarica Chen, 1993, of Ethusa hirsuta McArdle, 1900; Ethusa madagascariensis Chen, 1987, of Ethusa zurstrasseni Doflein, 1904; Ethusina investigatoris (Alcock, 1896) and E. alcocki Ng & Ho, 2003, of Ethusina robusta Miers, 1886; Ethusina insolita Ng & Ho, 2003, of Ethusina dilobotus Chen, 1993; and Ethusina saltator Ng & Ho, 2000, of Ethusina paralongipes Chen, 1993.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMON 1, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003

The species of Acryptolaria present in collections from several French expeditions in the western Pacific, mostly in the waters around New Caledonia and neighbouring areas, have been studied. The collection proved to be rich in biodiversity, since 29 species were found, of which 19 new to science, doubling the number of known species in this genus. All the species are described, including measurements, and figured. The unknown coppiniae of several previously described species have been found; these are also described and figured. The study confirmed the key role of the cnidome for species identification.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, TARASOC, VAUBAN 1978-1979

This regional revision of the family Caecidae from the South-West Pacific, is based on material collected during oceanographic expeditions made by the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle (Paris) from 1976 to 2006. The material consists of about 8250 specimens from 208 stations. In addition, material from the Australian Museum (Sydney) (94 lots) and the Western Australian Museum (Perth) (42 lots), and other specimens from private collections, were used. In the present work, 43 species are dealt with, belonging to the genera Caecum (31), Meioceras (4), Parastrophia (6) and Strebloceras (2). Two genera, Gladioceras and Ctiloceras, were not dealt with because of the absence of related material. These are the sole genera considered valid on the basis of their distinct type of development. Of these species, 18 are described as new. An extensive usage of type material was done for comparisons, either on directly or by means of photographs. Lectotypes were selected for Strebloceras cornuoides Carpenter, 1859†, C. chinense Folin, 1868, C. modestum Folin, 1868, C. sepimentum Folin, 1868, C. succineum Folin, 1880, C. bimarginatum Carpenter, 1858, C. inflatum Folin, 1869, C. attenuatum Folin, 1880, M. legumen Hedley, 1899, Parastrophia cornucopiae (Folin, 1869) and Strebloceras subannulatum Folin, 1879.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BORDAU 1, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Three thalassinidean families with setalrows and with a seta on the scaphogna-thite of maxilla 2 are defined and reviewed : Callianideidae (with pleoposal filaments, without posterolateral lobes on the carapace, without anterolateral lobes on abdominal somite 1, without linea thalassinica); and Thomassiniidae (without pleopodal filaments, without posterolateral lobes on the carapace, without anterolateral lobes on abdominal somite 1, with well developed lonea thalassinica). All the genera are diagnosed and keys are presented. Of the thirty-five species described and listed, fifteen are new: Marcusiaxius wamsoi, Metioconaxius noumea, M. spicatus, Michelea abranchiata, M. devaneyi, M. hortus, M. microphylla, M. novaecaledoniae, M. paraleura and Tethisea mindoro (Micheleidae); Crosniera corindon, C. panie, Mictaxius arno, T. moorea (Thomassiniidae). All ohers are redescribed when necessary, one in a new combination: Marcusiaxius minutus (Coelho).

BIOCAL, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3

Poore, G.C.B. 2023. New records, one new genus and 21 new species of Callianassidae (Crustacea, Axiidea) from the Indo-West Pacific. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 82: 167–255. The collections of ghost shrimps from the Indo-West Pacific that contributed to recent molecular phylogeny and resulting reclassification of Callianassidae (Poore et al., 2019; Robles et al., 2020) provide opportunities to review 11 genera and describe one new genus, redescribe existing species and describe 21 new species. Aqaballianassa aqabaensis (Dworschak, 2003), A. brevirostris (Sakai, 2002), A. lewtonae (Ngoc-Ho, 1994) are rediagnosed and Aqaballianassa papua sp. nov. from Papua New Guinea and Aqaballianassa seychellensis sp. nov. from the Seychelles are described as new. Three new species of Caviallianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 are compared in a key with Caviallianassa cavifrons (Komai and Fujiwara, 2012): Caviallianassa arafura sp. nov. from the Arafura Sea, Caviallianassa riwo sp. nov. from Papua New Guinea and Caviallianassa moorea sp. nov. from French Polynesia. Callianassa thailandica Sakai, 2005 is treated as species inquirenda. No species of Cheramus Bate, 1888 occurs in the Indo-West Pacific despite the genus name having been widely used. Five species of Coriollianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 are recognised and figured: C. sibogae (De Man, 1905), C. coriolisae (Ngoc-Ho, 2014) and new species, Coriollianassa mainbazae sp. nov. and Coriollianassa maputo sp. nov. from the Mozambique Channel, and Coriollianassa nyinggulu sp. nov. from the North West Australian slope. Darryllianassa felderi gen. et sp. nov. is described from Papua New Guinea. Necallianassa nosybeensis sp. nov. is described as a new species from Madagascar. Praedatrypaea Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is rediagnosed. Thirteen species are recognised and most diagnosed; four species are described as new: Praedatrypaea jangamo sp. nov. and Praedatrypaea mozambiquensis sp. nov. from Mozambique, and Praedatrypaea mandu sp. nov. and Praedatrypaea ningaloo sp. nov. from the North West Shelf of Australia. Callianassa malaccaensis Sakai, 2002 is treated as a junior synonym of P. orientalis (Bate, 1888). A key to separate ten species of Praedatrypaea is presented. Pugnatrypaea Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is rediagnosed and confined to three species. Rayllianassa Komai and Tachikawa, 2008 is rediagnosed and its species discussed. Rayllianassa amboinensis (De Man, 1888), a variable species, is rediagnosed; Callianassa ngochoae Sakai, 1999 and Callianassa sahul Poore, 2008 are treated as synonyms. Rayllianassa aurora sp. nov., Rayllianassa bifida sp. nov. and Rayllianassa huonensis sp. nov. are described as new species; the first two are associated with submerged wood at depths greater than 100 m. Rudisullianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is rediagnosed. Rudisullianassa rudisulcus Komai, Fujita and Maenosono, 2014 is discussed and partially illustrated; Rudisullianassa pandan sp. nov. is described as a new species from submerged wood. Spinicallianassa Poore, Dworschak, Robles, Mantelatto and Felder, 2019 is reviewed and a key is provided to five species; three species are described as new: Spinicallianassa bilbili sp. nov. from Papua New Guinea; Spinicallianassa papetoai sp. nov. from French Polynesia; and Spinicallianassa westralia sp. nov. from Western Australia. Callianassa parvula Sakai, 1988 is treated as a possible synonym of S. spinicauda (Komai, Maenosono and Fujita, 2014). Trypaea Dana, 1852 contains only T. australiensis Dana, 1852 and does not occur in the Indo-West Pacific as sometimes reported.

AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006

Eight species of deep-water porter crabs of the family Homolidae are recorded from Papua New Guinea from three MNHN-led cruises to these waters: Homola orientalis Henderson, 1888, Homola coriolisi Guinot & Richer de Forges, 1995, Homolomannia sibogae Ihle, 1912, Homolomannia occlusa Guinot & Richer de Forges, 1981, Paromolopsis boasi Wood-Mason in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891, Lamoha woodmasoni n. sp., Ihlopsis multispinosa (Ihle, 1912) and Latreillopsis gracilipes Guinot & Richer de Forges, 1981. Most are new records for the country, Lamoha woodmasoni n. sp. appears to be the Pacific sister species of the Indian Ocean L. longipes (Alcock & Anderson, 1899). The old records of the latter species from the Solomon Islands are now referred to the new species. The taxonomy of the other species is also discussed. Saint Laurent, 1989: Platyaxius Sakai, 1994; Albatrossaxius Sakai, 2011; Platyaxiopsis Sakai, 2011 and Newzealandaxius Sakai, 2011. Calaxius tungi Zhong, 2000 is synonymised with C. sibogae (De Man, 1925), Eiconaxius bandaensis Sakai, 2011 is synonymised with E. sibogae (De Man, 1925) and Tethisea mindoro Poore, 1997 is synonymised with T. indica Poore, 1994. Acanthaxius clevai Ngoc-Ho, 2006 is transferred to Pillsburyaxius, now Pillsburyaxius clevai (Ngoc-Ho, 2006), new combination.

BATHUS 1, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 2, Restricted, Restricted, EBISCO, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LITHIST, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, VOLSMAR, Walters Shoal

Seguenzioidea and Trochoidea are substantial parts of the biodiversity in the Indo-Pacific. While many Japanese, Australian, New Caledonian and New Zealand species have been studied and described recently, these superfamilies remain unsatisfactory known in the Philippines. Modern collecting resulted in the discovery of many new species. Others are well presented in collections worldwide but most often they bear names of mainly Japanese species, occasionally of Australian or Indian Ocean species. These names have been used as "megaspecies-names" for a vast part of the Indo-Pacific mollusca. We here document 178 species collected in the Philippines, either by Conchology, Inc. Or the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris (hereafter referred to as MNHN). The first author is a fan of Trochidae since three decades, from where this publication, which is the result of three years collecting by hundreds of fisherman, scientists and divers. We therefore enlighten this book with photographs of the area, the events, living animals and the people.

Restricted, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005

Based on the material obtained from the waters of the tropical Western Pacific (Philippines, New Caledonia, Vanuatu), three “large-eyed” species of Grammatonotus are redescribed: G. ambiortus, presumably widely distributed along island arcs in the western and central parts of the Pacific Ocean; G. cf. macrophthalmus from the waters of New Caledonia (new finding, but the specimens do not fully correspond to the original description, based on the fish caught at the Kyushu-Palau Ridge); and G. crosnieri, apparently endemic species in the Philippines waters. Clear diagnostic differences between these species were established, the structure of the caudal fin of G. ambiortus was described for the first time, and it turned out to be specific within the genus; the importance of individual morphological features in species diagnostics is discussed.

EBISCO, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8

Dispersal capabilities are crucial in how speciation patterns are determined in marine invertebrates. Species possessing a long-living planktonic larva apparently have a dispersal advantage over those with non-planktotrophic development, and their distant populations may exchange genetic material, maintaining a broad geographical range for the species. Recent species of the gastropod genus Bathytoma (Conoidea) are all characterized by non-planktotrophic development, having most probably lost a free-swimming larva in the pre-Pliocene, as Miocene fossils have protoconchs indicating planktotrophic larval development. All have a bathyal distribution (100–1500 m), which implies that their capability for direct expansion on the bottom is restricted by both deep-sea basins and shallow-water areas, especially in insular West and South-West Indo-Pacific. Therefore, it can be hypothesized that Bathytoma populations should represent numerous, mostly allopatric taxa restricted to a single or contiguous island groups. We tested this hypothesis using molecular and morphological characters independently. One hundred and thirty-eight specimens from the Philippines, Solomons, Vanuatu, and the Coral Sea were sequenced for one mitochondrial (COI) and one nuclear (ITS2) gene, and 14 operational molecular units were recognized. When these molecular units are overlaid over shell characters, 13 species (11 unnamed) and one form of uncertain status are recognized: three occur in the Philippines, six in the Solomons and one in New Caledonia. Broad distributions (inter-archipelagic) are uncommon (three species). On the whole, the phylogeographic pattern of the diversity in the genus is rather complex and probably also reflects processes of sympatric and fine-scale allopatric speciation, and local extinctions. The eleven new species are described and named.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BOA1, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004

Mollusks are an invaluable resource in the Philippines, but recent reviews on the status of museum collections of mollusks or research trends in the country are lacking. Such assessments can contribute to a more comprehensive evaluation of natural history museums in the Philippines, as well as biodiversity management. This review showed that local museums in the Philippines have much to improve in terms of their accessibility and geographic coverage in order to effectively cater to research and conservation needs of the country. Online access to databases was lacking for local museums, making it cumbersome to retrieve collection information. The UST museum held the most species and subspecies across all museums (4899), comparable to the national museums of countries such as the USA and France. In terms of size, there were larger Philippine mollusk collections in museums abroad. Majority of mollusk specimens come from Regions 4 and 7, while the CAR and Region 12 were least sampled. Publications on Philippine mollusks are dominated by taxonomic and biodiversity research. Around 80% of publications were on marine species. Therefore, there is a great need to (1) improve access to collections by publishing databases and collections online; (2) improve spatial coverage of mollusk sampling to have a better nationwide (and habitat) representation of Philippine mollusk diversity; (3) fill important knowledge gaps in the ecological assessment of exploited mollusks and minor taxa that will be useful in status assessment and management; and (4) build a network of functional museums to facilitate mollusk and invertebrate researches and conservation by making properly curated specimens available to more researchers nationwide.

AURORA 2007, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VOLSMAR

Three new genera and five new species of epialtid majoid crabs are described from deep water in the western Pacific. Two new species of Oxypleurodon Miers, 1886: O. sanctaeclausi n. sp. and O. annulatum n. sp. are described from the Philippines. New specimens of the rare Oxypleurodon carbunculum (Rathbun, 1906) from the Hawaiian Islands are also recorded. Three new genera are established: Garthinia n. gen. for G. disica n. sp. from the Solomon Islands; Guinotinia n. gen. for G. cordis n. sp. from New Caledonia and G. lehouarnoi n. sp. from Fiji and Tonga; and Laubierinia n. gen. for Sphenocarcinus nodosus Rathbun, 1916, and Rochinia carinata Griffin & Tranter, 1986.

AURORA 2007, BORDAU 2, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

On the basis of fresh collections from various parts of the western Pacific, three species of majoid crabs previously considered as rare are redescribed and figured: Oxypleurodon bidens (Sakai, 1969), O. auritum (Rathbun, 1916) and O. coralliophilum (Takeda, 1980). Four new species are described: O. boholense from the Philippines, O. barazeri and O. parallelum front the Solomon Islands, and O. alaini from New Caledonia. A new genus and new species, Stegopleurodon planirostrum, is described from New Caledonia and Vanuatu. The two species currently assigned to the allied American genus Sphenocarcinus A. Milne-Edwards, 1875, are re-examined, and a new genus, Rhinocarcinus. is established for the Pacific species Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathbun, 1893.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000

A new species of deep-sea majoid is described from the eastern Philippines. Griffinia takedai n. sp. (Epialtidae) is the fourth species in this genus to be described, and it differs from congeners in its setose carapace, elongate rostral spines, as well as the well-developed supraorbital and hepatic spines. The new species is diagnosed, and a key to the genus is presented.

AURORA 2007, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

The genus Phylladiorhynchus Baba, 1969 currently contains 11 species, all occurring in the shallow waters and on the continental shelf of the Indian and Pacific oceans. Recent expeditions in these oceans have resulted in the collection of numerous new specimens in need of analysis. We have studied this material using an integrative approach analysing both morphological and molecular (COI and 16S) characters. We describe 41 new species and resurrect three old names: P. integrus (Benedict, 1902) and P. lenzi (Rathbun, 1907), previously synonymized with P. pusillus (Henderson, 1885), and P. serrirostris (Melin, 1939), previously synonymized with P. integrirostris (Dana, 1852). Most species of the genus are described and illustrated. Some species are barely discernible on the basis of morphological characters but are highly divergent genetically. Species of Phylladiorhynchus are mainly distinguishable by the number of epigastric spines and lateral spines of the carapace, the shape and the armature of the rostrum, the number and pattern of the ridges on the carapace and pleon, the shape of thoracic sternite 3 and the armature of the P2–4 dactyli. A dichotomous identification key to all species is provided.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

Sixty species of thoracican cirripedes representing 8 families and 27 genera are contained in this report. Seven species are new to science: Calantica graphica, Pachylasma arwetergum, Acasta alcyonica, A. apertura, A. coriolis, A. perforata and Conopea squamosus. Twenty one species are new records for the Philippines.

MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

The species of the family Vitrinellidae, genus Pseudoliotia Tate, 1898 in the tropical IndoPacific collected during the Tropical deep-sea Benthos expeditions, directed by IRD and MNHN are studied; they were collected in Madagascar, Reunion Island, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, the Solomon Islands, the Philippine Islands, Taiwan, Society Islands and Papua New Guinea. For a correct identification, we have studied all the type material available in several museums of the previously known species where they were deposited.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BOA1, BORDAU 1, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, Restricted, Restricted, TAIWAN 2002, TARASOC, TERRASSES

This is the third contribution to the Indo-Pacific species of the family Conradiidae. In the present work 29 species of the genus Conradia A. Adams, 1860 and one species of the genus Conjectura Finlay, 1927 are studied, 20 of which are considered as new to science, and are described and figured. All these species are compared with the previously known species of these genera. The type material of Conradia carinifera A. Adams, 1860, Conradia cingulifera A. Adams, 1860, Conradia clathrata A. Adams, 1860, Conradia pulchella A. Adams, 1861, Conradia doliaris A. Adams, 1863, Conradia tornata A. Adams, 1863, Conradia (Gottoina) sulcifera A. Adams, 1863 and Conradia (Gottoina) pyrgula A. Adams, 1863 is illustrated for the first time.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BOA0, BORDAU 1, EBISCO, MADEEP, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, VAUBAN 1978-1979

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MADEEP, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, Restricted, Restricted, TAIWAN 2002, TARASOC, ZhongSha 2015

A review of species of the deep-sea sponge-associated shrimp genera Spongicola de Haan, 1844 and Paraspongicola de Saint Laurent & Cleva, 1981 (Decapoda, Stenopodidea) is presented on the basis of rich collections made by French expeditions in the Indo-West Pacific, supplemented by collections preserved in various institutions in the world. Seven species are recognized in Spongicola, of which three are new to science: S. venustus de Haan, 1844, S. andamanicus Alcock, 1901, S. levigatus Hayashi & Ogawa, 1987, S. parvispinus Zarenkov, 1990, S. depressus n. sp. from Loyalty Islands, S. goyi n. sp. from Japan, Indonesia, New Caledonia and Vanuatu, and S. robustus n. sp. from Mauritius and Mozambique. Subspecific division of S. andamanicus Alcock, 190 1, proposed by de Saint Laurenr & Cleva (198 1), is abandoned, since our morphological analysis strongly suggests that the division does not reflect a population structure of the species; S. holthuisi de Saint Laurent & Cleva, 198 1, is also reduced to a junior synonym of S. andamanicus. Two species are recognized in Paraspongicola, both previously described, viz. P. pusillus de Saint Laurent & Cleva, 1981 and P. inflatus (de saint Laurent & Cleva, 198 1) n. comb., of which the latter is here transferred from Spongicola. Keys in aid for identification are provided for each genus. Geographic and bathymetric distributions of species are briefly discussed. Association with host sponges was verified for some species.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

The South China and Philippine Seas are among the most diverse regions in the Western Pacific. Although there are several local polychaete checklists available, there is none comprising the whole of this region. Presented herein is a comprehensive list of the original names of all polychaete species described from the region. The list contains 1037 species, 345 genera and 60 families; the type locality, type depository, and information regarding synonymy are presented for each species.

MUSORSTOM 3

Leocrates Kinberg, 1866 and Leocratides Ehlers, 1908 are two genera of hesionid errant annelids (Hesionidae, Hesioninae) whose species have 16 chaetigers (21 segments). Leocrates species are free living in rocky or mixed bottoms, whereas Leocratides species are usually symbiotic with hexactinellid sponges. Marian Pettibone revised both genera as part of the R/V Siboga Expedition monographs 50 years ago, and most of her ideas have remained unchallenged regarding synonymy for genera and species. For example, she included three genera as junior synonyms of Leocrates: Lamprophaes Grube, 1867, Tyrrhena Claparède, 1868, and Dalhousia McIntosh, 1885, and from 21 nominal species, she regarded only eight as valid. In this revision, all material available was studied, and different morphological patterns were noted in nuchal organs lobes, pharynx armature, and chaetal features. Leocratides species belong to a single pattern; however, in Leocrates several patterns were detected. Three patterns are present for nuchal organs lobes: barely projected posteriorly (horizontal C-shaped), markedly projected posteriorly (U-shaped), and with lateral transverse projections (L-shaped). In the pharynx, upper jaws were noted as single, fang-shaped, or as double, T-shaped structures, whereas the lower jaw can be single, fang-shaped, or a transverse plate. Neurochaetal blades can be bidentate with guards approaching subdistal tooth, unidentate without guards, or with guards hypertrophied projected beyond distal tooth. The combinations of these features are regarded as different genera and consequently, Leocrates is restricted (including Tyrrhena), but Dalhousia, and Lamprophaea (name corrected) are reinstated, and three new genus-group names are proposed: Paradalhousia n. gen., Paralamprophaea n. gen., and Paraleocrates n. gen. Further, the standardization of morphological features allowed several modifications and the recognition of novelties. Thus, four type species were redescribed, four others were reinstated, 10 were newly combined, and 18 from different World localities are described as new. The new species are Lamprophaea cornuta n. sp. from the French Polynesia, L. ockeri n. sp. from the Hawaiian Islands, L. paulayi n. sp. from the Red Sea, L. pettiboneae n. sp. from the Marshall Islands, L. pleijeli n. sp. from La Réunion, L. poupini n. sp. from the French Polynesia, Leocrates ahlfeldae n. sp. from India, L. harrisae n. sp. from the Revillagigedo Islands, L. mooreae n. sp. from New Caledonia, L. reishi n. sp. from the Marshall Islands, L. rizzoae n. sp. from the Seychelles Islands, L. rousei n. sp. from Papua New Guinea, L. seidae n. sp. from the French Polynesia, Leocratides jimii n. sp. from Madagascar, Paralamprophaea bemisae n. sp. from the Maldives, P. crosnieri n. sp. from Madagascar, P. leslieae n. sp. from Kiribati, and P. meyeri n. sp. from the French Polynesia. However, Leocrates japonicus Gustafson, 1930 is a nomen nudum. Keys are included for identifying all hesioninae genera, and for all species in all the included genera.

Restricted, MUSORSTOM 3

Chloeia Savigny in Lamarck, 1818 is the largest genus in the Amphinomidae by including more species than other genera. Members of Chloeia species thrive in mixed substrates or sediments, mostly in tropical waters, and rarely reach deep water, or cold-temperate environments. A recent revision dealt with the species from tropical American seas and resulted in the redescription of five species, and the description of two other new ones. The objective for this additional contribution was to revise type and non-type specimens deposited in 12 of the largest world collections, and by applying a slightly modified approach from the precedent revision. Species were grouped herein after the type of branchiae, the first chaetiger with branchiae, and the dorsal pigmentation pattern. The results include the redescription of 16 species, with C. flava (Pallas, 1766) and C. fusca M’Intosh, 1885 being restricted, and three others reinstated: C. incerta de Quatrefages, 1866; C. fucata de Quatrefages, 1866, and C. pulchella Baird, 1868; 10 species are regarded as indeterminable: C. ancora Frickhinger, 1916; C. bengalensis Kinberg, 1867; C. candida Kinberg, 1857; C. egena Grube, 1855; C. furcigera de Quatrefages, 1866; C. macleayi Haswell, 1879; C. malaica Kinberg, 1867; C. nuda de Quatrefages, 1866; C. quatrefagesii Baird, 1868; and C. rupestris Risso, 1826. Further, 10 recently described species are being diagnosed and compared to their most similar species, but not redescribed; and 17 species are newly described: C. amoureuxi sp. n. from Madagascar, C. bemisae sp. n. from The Philippines, C. boucheti sp. n. from Indonesia, C. fauveli sp. n. from the Bay of Bengal, C. fiegei sp. n. from the Red Sea, C. gesae sp. n. from the Northeastern Atlantic, C. gilleti sp. n. from Western Africa, C. hutchingsae sp. n. from Australia, C. keablei sp. n. from Papua New Guinea, C. mezianei sp. n. from Western Africa, C. murrayae sp. n. from Australia, C. piotrowskiae sp. n. from The Philippines, C. poupini sp. n. from the French Polynesia, C. richeri sp. n. from New Caledonia, C. slapcisnkyi sp. n. from The Philippines, C wangi sp. n. from The Philippines, and C. zibrowii sp. n. from the French Polynesia. Keys to all archinomin genera and to all species of Chloeia are also included.

Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restricted, SMCB

Previous work that recorded 75 species of Scaphopoda in New Caledonian waters is augmented with study of new material from several expeditions. The number of species in the region is increased to 115. Of the 40 additional taxa, 28 are described as new, 7 are new records and 5 remain unidentifi ed. Material from New Caledonia previously identifi ed as Antalis phaneum (Dall, 1895) is now determined as A. albatrossae n. sp.; material previously identifi ed as Compressidentalium sedecimcostatum (Boissevain, 1906) is now determined as C. clathratum (Martens, 1881); Episiphon virgula (Hedley, 1903), formerly treated as a synonym of Dentalium subrectum Jeffreys, 1883, is revalidated; material previously identifi ed as Entalina mirifi ca (Smith, 1895) is now determined as E. dorsicostata Lamprell & Healy, 1998; Fissidentalium transversostriatum (Boissevain, 1906), previously synonymized with F. shoplandi (Jousseaume, 1894), is revalidated and the material previously reported from New Caledonia as the latter in fact belongs to the former. New synonyms: Episiphon jamiesoni Lamprell & Healy, 1998 is synonymized with Gadilina insolita (Smith, 1894); Dentalium subrectum Jeffreys, 1883 and D. bisinuatum André, 1896 are synonymized with Laevidentalium eburneum (Linné, 1767); Laevidentalium arnoldi Lamprell & Healy, 1998 is synonymized with L. houbricki Scarabino, 1995; Bathoxiphus steineri Lamprell & Healy, 1998 and B. stanisici Lamprell & Healy, 1998 are synonymized with Solenoxiphus striatulus Chistikov, 1983. New records from the New Caledonian region: Striodentalium thetidis (Hedley, 1903), Fissidentalium waterhousae Lamprell & Healy, 1998, Calliodentalium crocinum (Dall, 1907), Gadilina pachypleura (Boissevain, 1906), Laevidentalium eburneum (Linné, 1767), Laevidentalium (?) sominium Okutani, 1964, Megaentalina mediocarinata (Boissevain, 1906).

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BORDAU 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, Restricted, SMIB 8

New data on the scaphopod fauna of the Indo-West Pacific are presented, based on new material from recent oceanographic expeditions, mostly in the SW Indian Ocean, SE Asia and the New Caledonia region. Over 780 stations yielded a total of 139 species. Of 81 species of Dentaliida and 58 Gadilida, 42 species (16 Dentaliida and 26 Gadilida), as well as 3 gadilid genera, are described as new. Many range extensions are documented, and new synonymies are established. With 73 recorded species, New Caledonia is currently the geographic area with the highest documented scaphopod diversity. Their bathymetric distribution shows a peak in species numbers in deep water around 800 m, with a second, minor peak for Gadilida at around 2,000 m. Including genera not represented in the Indo-Pacific, 44 Recent scaphopod genera are recognized. The radula of 42 of these is described, and an update of the general classification of the class Scaphopoda is proposed.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restricted, Restricted, Restricted, GEMINI, LAGON, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A cladistic analysis of Neoglyphea inopinata Forest & de Saint Laurent, 1975, clearly reveals that it possesses both of the diagnostic apomorphies for the fractosternalian Reptantia, the fractured or articulated sternum between the seventh and eighth thoracic somites, and the tripartite secula. Furthermore, there is a distinctive epistome form that is otherwise seen only in the freshwater Astacida. These features have implications for the eventual modification of the higher taxonomy and our ideas concerning the evolution of Reptantia.

MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

An ongoing review of the fishes of the basal percoid family Acropomatidae has revealed that the genus Synagrops Günther, 1887 as it is currently understood is not a natural group. Species with a serrated pelvic-fin spine are here placed in the resurrected genus Parascombrops Alcock, 1889 (type-species: Parascombrops pellucidus Alcock, 1889), and the new, monospecific genus Caraibops n. gen. (type-species: Synagrops trispinosus Mochizuki & Sano, 1984). Parascombrops is unique amongst Acropomatidae in the combination of the presence of vacant 8th interneural space, a predorsal formula /0+0/0+2/ and an epaxialis attachment type 1. Caraibops n. gen. shares none of these characters and further differs from Parascombrops by an anal-fin formula of III + 9 (vs II + 7 or III + 6), and the absence of denticles on the ectopterygoid. Parascombrops is revised and now contains a total of 13 species, including 7 new: P. analis (Katayama, 1957), P. argyreus (Gilbert & Cramer, 1897), P. glossodon n. sp., P. madagascariensis n. sp., P. mochizukii n. sp., P. nakayamai n. sp., P. ohei n. sp., P. parvidens n. sp., P. pellucidus Alcock, 1889, P. philippinensis (Günther, 1880), P. serratospinosus (Smith & Radcliffe, 1912), P. spinosus (Schultz, 1940) and P. yamanouei n. sp. Synagrops adeni Kotthaus, 1970 and S. malayanus Weber, 1913 are treated as synonyms of P. pellucidus and P. philippinensis, respectively. Lectotypes are designated for P. philippinensis and S. malayanus. The main characters used to distinguish between the species of Parascombrops are: serration of other fin spines, number of gill rakers and pseudobranchial filaments, head profile, presence or absence of ridges on the preopercle, shape of 1st anal-fin pterygiophore, dentition on vomer, palatines and ectopterygoids, orbit diameter, pectoral-fin length, maximal body depth and otolith morphology. The genus Synagrops is here confined to two species, S. japonicus (Döderlein, 1883) and S. bellus (Goode & Bean, 1896), characterized by the apomorphic character of an otic capsule with a posteriorly open myodome, a basioccipital fossa and a very specialized otolith morphology. Synagrops is also characterized by the absence of pelvic-fin spine serrations. Two other species without a serrated pelvic-fin spine, originally described in Synagrops, are removed from this genus. Synagrops microlepis Norman, 1935 is separated into the monotypic Kaperangus n. gen., the only genus in the family with two supraneurals (cf. three in all other taxa). The second, Synagrops pseudomicrolepis Schultz, 1940 is re-assigned to the genus Verilus.        The geographic distribution of Parascombrops as currently composed is discussed, and is shown to be primarily of West Pacific nature, with few species in the Indian Ocean and one in the tropical West-Atlantic (P. spinosus). The West Atlantic species Parascombrops spinosus is very closely related to P. mochizukii from the tropical northwestern Pacific, and the implications of this disjunct distribution are discussed. The high degree of speciation now recognized in Parascombrops species of the West-Pacific indicates that a diverse ecological adaptation within an overall pseudoceanic habitat may have played a major role in speciation, which would have remained obscured without adequate taxonomic resolution.        Fossil, otolith-based records are also briefly discussed in the context. The extant Parascombrops argyreus and P. ohei are reported from the Pliocene of Japan, and Caraibops trispinosus has been recorded from the Pliocene of Venezuela.

BOA1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The bandfish family Cepolidae, comprising the subfamilies Owstoniinae and Cepolinae, is characterized, and defining characters of the three groups are identified and discussed. Characters of larvae of both subfamilies are described and illustrated. Six nominal genera of owstoniines had been proposed by various authors, but we recognize only Owstonia Tanaka. Utility of selected identification characters of the genus are discussed. Differences in lateral-line patterns have been the primary character used by some recent authors for recognition of two owstoniine genera, with Sphenanthias Weber possessing the plesiomorphic lateral-line condition. Several other patterns also occur in these fishes bringing into question the phylogenetic significance of lateral line plasticity. Sexual dimorphism in pelvic fin lengths is also present in several species. Identification keys, descriptions, synonymies, distribution maps and photographs or illustrations are provided for all Owstonia species for which adults are available. Although only 15 valid species were previously known, a remarkable hidden diversity of these fishes was discovered in major museum collections with the following 21 species here described as new: O. ainonaka (eastern Australia), O. contodon (Philippines), O. crassa (New Caledonia and Solomon Islands), O. dispar (Solomon Islands), O. elongata (New Caledonia and Vanuatu), O. fallax (eastern Australia and New Caledonia), O. geminata (Vanuatu and Philippines), O. hastata (eastern Australia), O. hawaiiensis (Hawaiian Islands); O. ignota (Mariana Islands), O. lepiota (Tanzania), O. melanoptera (Philippines), O. merensis (eastern Australia, Torres Strait), O. mundyi (Kiribati, Christmas Island), O. nalani (eastern Australia and New Caledonia), O. nudibucca (eastern Indian Ocean, Mentawai Islands and off Myanmar), O. psilos (Western Australia), O. raredonae (Mozambique), O. rhamma (Vanuatu), O. scottensis (Western Australia, Scott Reefs) and O. similis (Madagascar). Several specimens based on small juveniles, which we describe as Owstonia sp., appear to be additional new species but are not formally described as such.

BATHUS 1, CORINDON 2, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TARASOC

The neogastropod fasciolariid genus Fusolatirus Kuroda & Habe, 1971, is redescribed based on shell and radula characters Fourteen species are tentatively placed in the genus, nine of them for the first time, all front moderately deep water (50-300 meters) in the tropical Indo-West Pacific. Additional species currently placed in Latirus or Peristernia may also be referable to Fusolatirus when the range of shell and radula characters are better understood. However, Eve do not regard as congeneric Fusolatirus kurodai (Okutani & Sakurai, 1964) nor Fusolatirus kuroseanus Okutani, 1975. Fusolatirus luteus n. sp. and Fusolatirus pachyus n. sp., both from the New Caledonia area, are described. Latirus cloveri Snyder, 2003 [June] is a new synonym of Euthria suduirauti Fraussen, 2003 [April], originally described as a buccinid and here referred to Fusolatirus. The ranges of Fusolatirus balicasagensis (Bozzetti, 1997), F kandai (Kuroda, 1950), and F. rikae (Fraussen, 2003), earlier known only from Japan and/or the Philippines, are extended to the South Pacific.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, HALICAL 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, SALOMON 2, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3

A new genus, Limatium gen. n., and two new species, L. pagodula sp. n. and L. aureum sp. n. are described, found on outer slopes of barrier reefs and fringing reefs in the South Pacific. They are rare for cerithiids, which typically occur in large populations. The two new species are represented by 108 specimens sampled over a period of 30 years, only 16 of which were collected alive. Three subadults from the Philippines and Vanuatu likely represent a third species. In addition to their rarity, Limatium species are atypical for cerithiids in their smooth, polished, honey to golden brown shells with distinctive white fascioles extending suture to suture. The radula presents a unique morphology that does not readily suggest an affinity to any of the cerithiid subfamilies. Two live-collected specimens, one of each species and designated as holotypes, were preserved in 95% ethanol and sequenced. Bayesian analysis of partial COI and 16S rDNA sequences demonstrates a placement in the Bittiinae, further extending our morphological concept of the subfamily.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BENTHAUS, BORDAU 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, INHACA 2011, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restricted

The genus Gemmulobonorua Shuto, 1989, until now known only from Upper Miocene-Lower Pleistocene deposits of the Tethys, is recorded in Recent faunas, with five new bathyal species from New Caledonia, Indonesia, Mozambique Channel, and the Philippines. Radular morphology indicates that Cemmuloborsoma belongs to the subfamily Turnnae, and not to Borsoruinae, where it had been allocated based on shell morphology. Columellar pleats, which have long been considered a synapomorphy of the borsoruid group of genera, have thus been acquired independently in the Turnnae. The consequence of this finding is that the current (sub)familly allocation of some genera, based on shell characters only, may need reevaluation.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, VOLSMAR

Several hundred species of turriform gastropods (Drilliidae, Turridae, Conidae) have been collected at bathyal depths in New Caledonia and other South-West Pacific archipelagoes. Seventeen new species are here described in the genera Drillia (Drilliidae), Inquisitor, Funa, Zemacies, Comitas (Turridae), Benthofascis, Bathytomq Glyphostoma, Daphnella, Spergo, Gymnobela, Teretiopsis, and Rocroithys gen. Novo (Conidae). The genus Zemacies, until now known from Paleocene to Pliocene deposits in New Zealand and Australia, is recognized for the first time in the Recent fauna, and includes Z. excelsa sp. Novo from New Caledonia, and Z. queenslandica (Powell, 1969) comb. nov., from Queensland to Papua. Benthofascis lozoueti sp. Nov., from the Norfolk Ridge, is the second confirmed species of the genus. Bathytoma boholica Parth, 1994 is synonymized with B. atractoides (Watson, 1881), and the validity of B. hedlandensis Tippett & Kosuge, 1994 is questioned. The range of Spergo fusiformis (Kuroda & Habe, 1961), hitherto known only from Japan, is shown to extend to Madagascar and the South-West Pacific. Daphnella itonis, which has been known under that name in the Japanese literature for more than 40 years, is formally described for the first time, based on specimens from New Caledonia. The species has very long radular teeth and, like molluscivorous species of cones, appears to be feeding on gastropods.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, Restricted, Restricted, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3

A new species of the crab genus Cosmonotus Adams & White in White, 1848, Cosmonotus mclaughlinae n. sp., is described from the Indo-West Pacific Ocean. This new species inhabits coarse sand and shell bottoms between 75 and 369 m and is so far known from La Réunion, Philippines, Indonesia (Kai Islands), Salomon, Futuna, Vanuatu, Loyalty Islands (Lifou), Fiji, Tonga (N Ha’apai Group). This new species is morphologically close to C. genkaiae Takeda & Miyake, 1970, from which it is easily separated by: 1) the carapace covered by squamiform tubercles (instead of long striae); 2) the lack of the median rostral process (instead of being present and short); 3) the dorsal carpal face of chelipeds with rounded tubercles (instead of striae); and 4) the slender, eyestalks (instead of stout).

BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2

BOA0, BOA1, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SMCB, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002

This is part of a series of papers (TAVARES, 1991a, 1991b, 1992a, 1992b, 1992c) reviewing the Cyclodorippidae Ortmann, 1892, and Cymonomidae Bouvier, 1897, of the world. It contains a review of all the Cyclodorippidae from the Indo West Pacific as well as one genus of Cymonomidae. This is a systematic approach preceding a more detailed study of the Cyclodorippoidea morphology and of the phylogenetic relationships within the superfamily. The present work was based upon large collections from the Indo-West Pacific (Madagascar, Japan, Vietnam, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands, and Wallis and Futuna Islands) carried out by the following French expéditions : MUSORSTOM 1-7, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, and SMIB 6. Also included is the material collected by the "Siboga" Expédition, 1899, CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE 255 "Albatross", 1908, the material collected by the Russian océanographie ships "Orlik" in 1960 on the coast of Vietnam and "Vytiatz" on the west coast of Australia, two samples made by Raoul SERÈNE in Indonesia in during the RUMPHIUS I expédition in 1973 and RUMPHIUS IV in 1975, as well as collections made by the Australian ship "Soela" in 1984 on the north coast of Australia, and others made during the expédition CiDARis I under the auspices of the James Cook University on the Great Barrier Reef. Additional material from the collections of The Natural History Muséum (British Muséum), London ; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Massachusetts ; Zoological Museum of Moscow University ; National Science Museum, Tokyo; Northern Territory Muséum of Arts and Science, Darwin ; Queensland Museum, Brisbane ; South African Museum, Cape Town ; National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington and Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam was also examined. Because of insufficient original descriptions, the re-examination of all type specimens [except for Tymolus truncatus (Ihle, 1916) which is apparently lost and Genkaia gordonae Miyaké and Takeda, 1970] and most of the spécimens cited in the literature, was required to properly establish the correspondence between species and the names introduced in the literature.Until now, seven gênera (Tymolus, Corycodus, Xeinostoma, Genkaia, Krangalangia, Ketamia, and Cymonomus) and23 species of Cyclodorippidae and Cymonomidae were known from the Indo-west Pacific. They are as follows : Cyclodorippidae : Tymolus japonicus Stimpson, 1858, T. uncifer (Ortmann, 1892), T. dromioides (Ortmann, 1892), T. similis (Grant, 1905), T. truncatus (Ihle, 1916), T. brucei Tavares, 1991, Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910), Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, Krangalangia rostrata (Ihle, 1916), K. spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970), Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916), Genkaia gordonae Miyaké and Takeda, 1970. Cymonomidae : Cymonomus valdiviae Lankaster, 1903, C. andamanicus Alcock, 1905, C. indicus Ihle, 1916, C. trifurcus Stebbing, 1920, C. japonicus Balss, 1922, C. curvirostris Sakai, 1965, C. aequilonius Dell, 1971, C. bathamae Dell, 1971, C. delli Griffin and Brown, 1976, C. umitake Takeda, 1981, C. hakuhoae Takeda and Moosa, 1990. From this study : — Two new genera (Phyllotymolinum and Elassopodus) and 11 new species of Cyclodorippoidea are herein described : Cyclodorippidae : Corycodus merweae, C. decorus, Xeinostoma richeri, X. sakaii, Krangalangia orstom, Ketamia handokoi, K. limatula, K. proxima, Genkaia keijii, Phyllotymolinum crosnieri. Cymonomidae : Elassopodus stellatus. — Two species are resurrected : Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916, from the synonymy of C. disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910) and Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970) from the synonymy of A", rostrata (Ihle, 1916).— Four lectotypes are designated here for the following species : Corycodus disjunctipes, Xeinostomaeucheir,Krangalangia rostrata, and Ketamia depressa.Presently, a total of 9 genera (7 Cyclodorippidae and 2 Cymonomidae) and 34 species (22 Cyclodorippidae and12 Cymonomidae) are known from the Indo-West Pacific. All these species are studied here except those belonging to the genus Cymonomus which will be treated in a future publication. Keys for families, genera and species are provided as well as illustrations for all species.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 6

Marine bivalves of the family Lucinidae possess a likely obligate chemosymbiosis with sulphide-oxidising bacteria from which they derive much of their nutrition. Molecular analysis has shown that species of the 'Anodontia' group form a distinct clade within the monophyletic Lucinidae. Species identification of the largely tropical 'Anodontia' group, has been confused because of the white, sub-spherical, smooth, toothless shells, with the name Anodontia edentula used uncritically for most Indo-West Pacific species. Preliminary morphological analysis also showed that the group was much more diverse than previously realised. The present systematic revision of the world Anodontia species, based on museum collections, field sampling, anatomical and molecular data, now recognises 25 species (eight of these new). These species are divided into eight subgenera (four of these, Euanodontia, Afrophysema, Crytophysema and Bythosphaera are new) on the basis of shell morphology, corroborated by some molecular data. Two species are known from the tropical eastern Pacific, two from the Western Atlantic, five from the eastern Atlantic and 16 from the Indo-West Pacific. Two new genera, Neophysema (type species N. aphanes sp. nov.) and Leucosphaera (type species Loripinus salamensis Thiele & Jaeckel, 1931), are proposed for species previously confused with Anodontia.

MUSORSTOM 3

Sixty-three Cardiidae species (including Tridacninae) sampled by the 2004 Panglao Marine Biodiversity Project (PMBP) to Panglao, Philippines, and the PANGLAO 2005 Deep-Sea Cruise are described. In addition, Cardiidae species lists of the Philippine Cuming Tour 2005 and AURORA 2007 expedition are provided. Four species are new to science: Fragum grasi spec. nov., Frigidocardium helios spec. nov., F. sancticaroli spec. nov. and Microcardium velatum spec. nov. For the following six species this paper includes the first published records for the Philippines: Acrosterigma dianthinum (Melvill & Standen, 1899), F. torresi (E.A. Smith, 1885), Fulvia (Laevifulvia) subquadrata Vidal & Kirkendale, 2007, Microfragum erugatum (Tate, 1889), M. subfestivum (Vidal & Kirkendale, 2007) and Vasticardium sewelli (Prashad, 1932). Indo-Pacific range extensions for several other species are given. Ecological data support assignment of Afrocardium to Orthocardiinae. Cardium (Ctenocardia) victor Angas, 1872 and Cardium bomasense Martin, 1917 are transferred to Freneixicardia, the former being the sole extant representative of the genus, and of which Cardium (Trachycardium) hulshofi Pannekoek, 1936 is a new synonym. Based on shell morphology, it is shown that the current variously adopted generic assignments of Cardium lobulatum Deshayes, 1855, C. attenuatum G.B. Sowerby 2nd, 1841, C. biradiatum Bruguière, 1789 and C. multipunctatum G.B. Sowerby 1st in Broderip & Sowerby 2nd, 1833 are unsatisfactory. As a consequence, the alleged Indo-Pacific presence of the genus Laevicardium is questionable. Fulvia (Laevifulvia) imperfecta Vidal & Kirkendale, 2007 is a new synonym of “Laevicardium” lobulatum Deshayes, 1855. Habitat preferences of the taxa encountered during PMBP 2004 are defined, based on four main macro-habitat categories. SEM photos, showing the early ontogenetic stages, demonstrate markedly allomorphic growth of some taxa. Description of the process of development to the terminal shell shape provides a more complete species concept and rigorous species delimitation.

AURORA 2007, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, Restricted

BORDAU 2, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006

A new species of the molluscan family Terebridae from Mozambique, Terebra brianhayesi sp. nov., is here described and compared with the closest related species: Terebra jungi from the Indo-Pacific.

HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1

The study of a large collection of cryptobranch dorid nudibranchs from deep waters in New Caledonia and the Philippines revealed the presence of Austrodods kerguelenensis (Bergh, 1884); 18 new species belonging to the genera Cadlina, Austrodoris, Geitodods, Discodoris, Peltodoris, Paradoris, Diaulula, Rostanga, Sclerodoris, Baptodoris and Dendrodoris, and two previously undescribed genera, Goslineria and Pharodoris, The anatomy of all these species, including the digestive, reproductive, and nervous system, are studied in detail. All these species are clearly distinguishable from other members of their genera. Most of the species have a pale, simple background coloration, and two of them lack eyes. Both characteristics seem to be adaptations to living in deep waters. Other deep-water Atlantic and Pacific species of dorid nudibranchs have similar adaptations. The two new genera are characterized by the presence of large copulatory spines, numerous flexible spines in Goslineria, and two solid, bifid spines in Pharodoris. No other cryptobranch dorid genera previously described have similar copulatory spines. Some of the species here described belong to genera previously reported from cold or temperate waters, such as Austrodoris, Cadlina and Diaulula. Most of the species belong to genera that are widespread in either cold, temperate or tropical waters (Rostanga, Paradoris, Geitodods and Baptodoris), and only two belong to exclusively tropical genera (Sclerodoris and Dendrodoris). Vicariant events and vertical dispersal could explain the processes of speciation and the origin of these deep-water species.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 8

One hundred and twenty-one species of deep sea “cephalaspidean” heterobranchs belonging to the genera Acteon, Crenilabium, Obrussena, Rictaxis, Japonacteon, Maxacteon, Bullina, Diaphana, Toledonia, Cylichna, Scaphander, Sabatia, Roxania, Cylichnium, Acteocina, Truncacteocina, Philine, Retusa, Pyrunculus, Volvulella, Relichna, Micratys, Gastropteron, Aglaja and Philinopsis are reported from the tropical southwest Pacifi c. Thirty-nine of these species are new: Acteon ionfasciatus, Acteon chrystomatus, Rictaxis sanguinea, Japonacteon longissimus, “Acteon” editus, “Acteon” buccinus, “Acteon” ringiculoides, “Acteon” boteroi, “Acteon” loyautensis, “Acteon” rhektos, “Acteon” profundus, “Acteon” osexiguus, “Acteon” aphyodes, “Acteon” herosae, “Acteon” comptus, “Acteon” chauliodous, “Acteon” cohibilis, Bullina rubropunctata, Toledonia neocaledonica, Toledonia epongensis, Cylichna tanyumphalos, Cylichna grovesi, Sabatia pyriformis, Roxania smithae, Cylichnium mucronatum, Cylichnium nanum, Acteocina lata, Philine habei, Philine babai, Philine abyssicola, Retusa diaphana, Retusa insolita, Retusa lenis, Retusa abyssicola, Retusa trunca, Volvulella onoae, Volvulella multistriata, Relichna hadra and Micratys wareni. A previously described species, Acteon aequatorialis, is included in the new genus Bathyacteon. Three species are assigned provisionally to already described species until more material becomes available: Acteon cf. nakayamai, Maxacteon cf. kawamurai, “Acteon” laetus. Thirty-eight species remain unnamed because of the absence of adequate information, but the shells are illustrated. Most species are described based on conchological data. Fourteen species of Acteonidae and two of Retusidae are provisionally assigned to the artifi cial taxa “Acteon” and “Retusidae” until anatomical data become available. The present collecting effort in the southwest Pacifi c has produced large numbers of previously undocumented species. The largest number of species was found in the area comprising the Coral Sea, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga and Wallis and Futuna, which is probably a consequence of a greater collecting effort. The list of species refl ects a high degree of endemism in the deep sea fauna from the southwest Pacifi c. Only a few widespread Indo-Pacific species have been found in the deep sea. It also appears that there is some sort of isolation between the Coral Sea, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga and Wallis and Futuna region and the Philippines and Indonesia region, which is refl ected in the small number of species shared between these two areas. Most species of “cephalaspidean” heterobranchs studied here have broad bathymetric ranges compared to other groups of opisthobranchs, which may be a result of a higher ecological adaptability of this group, or may be an artifact caused by transport of empty shells. When only specimens collected alive are considered, the bathymetric ranges of most species are considerably narrower. Most species studied are exclusively found in the deep sea, but a small number of shallow water species have been recorded here for the fi rst time in deep waters. When the ranges of empty shells are examined there appears to be a turnover of “cephalaspidean” heterobranch species at about 1000-1200 m depth and a blurry transition between shallow waters and the deep sea. When only specimens collected alive are considered, there is a sharp boundary at about 200 m that clearly separates the shallow water and the deep sea faunas. “Cephalaspidean” heterobranch species are more common relative to other groups of opisthobranchs in deep waters than in shallow waters, but this result may be an artefact caused by the collecting techniques.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restricted, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Four new genera, Eoatria, Poratria, Microporatria, and Multatria, are described, joining the previously described genus Bryozobia in the subfamily Bryozobiinae, a subfamily now represented by ten species of which four are new to science. Evidence is presented that Bryozobia is intimately associated with sponges, rather than bryozoans as Ross and Newman (1996) inferred from the intimate proximity of barnacle and bryozoan calcareous remnants. The four new genera are also associated with burrowing or encrusting sponges and generally possess secondary as well as primary radial atria between their basis and the substratum. The primary atria are aligned with portals in the suture between the wall plates and the basis whereas secondary atria can be parietal as well as interparietal. Eoatria has weakly developed, solid atria aligned with portals in the suture between the wall plates and the basis, but the atrial “ceilings” remain solid. The other genera have atria with pores or slits that develop from portals in the suture between the basis and the wall during ontogeny. All species of Bryozobiinae maintain contact with the substratum via calcareous outgrowths of the basis and/or wall, and their sponge symbiont grows from beneath and around them during ontogeny, nearly encasing them in sponge tissue. The basal atria enable the sponge to grow out from beneath the barnacle, and the evidence suggests chemical mediation by the barnacles induces the sponges to grow up around them, as it does in coral-inhabiting barnacles (Ross and Newman, 2000). This symbiosis apparently also provides the barnacles with a habitat relatively free of spatial competitors as well as protection from various predators, and allows the barnacles to thrive where other encrusting organisms cannot. While the porous, atriate bases found in some of the coralinhabiting barnacles (Pyrgomatidae) are likely convergent, monophyly cannot presently be completely ruled out. The diagnosis of the sponge-inhabiting members of the subfamily Acastinae is amended to include only those species lacking atria that are completely embedded in host tissues: that is, having no basal contact with any other substratum.

MUSORSTOM 3

We describe and diagnose a new species of Acanthephyra (Acanthephyridae: Caridea: Decapoda) and provide an amended key to all species of the genus. In order to assess the taxonomic position of the new species, we examined and coded 55 characters in available specimens of Acanthephyra and ran morphological phylogenetic analyses. We also used a COI gene marker for molecular analyses of the new species and other available specimens of Acanthephyra. Both analyses retrieved an unexpected grouping of species that contradicted a recently accepted morphological grouping. We tested a new, quantitative, set of characters and found that three of them may explain the molecular grouping of the genus. These characters are linked to: (1) proportions of the 6th pleonic somite, (2) length of the same against carapace length, and (3) length of the same against length of two preceding somites. We suggest that these characters mirror evolutionary traits in Acanthephyra and discuss their possible adaptive sense.

Restricted, ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOPAPUA, GUYANE 2014, MAINBAZA, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMONBOA 3, Walters Shoal

This paper presents the first part of a study of large collections of Hydroida (Cnidaria : Hydrozoa) in the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, originating from various expeditions in the Philippines, the eastern part of the Malay Archipelago, the Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands. In this first part, genera of the family Sertulariidae Lamouroux, 1812, are reviewed, including new species of the genera Abietinaria Kirchenpauer, 1884 (1 new species), Dictyocladium Allman, 1888 (1 new species), Gonaxia nov. Gen. (20 new species and a new variety), SertularellaGray, 1848 (8 new species and a new subspecies), Symplectoscyphus Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890 (6 new speciesand a new subspecies), and Thyroscyphus Allman, 1877 (1 new species). In addition to other, already known species from those genera, species of Caminothujaria Von Campenhausen, 1896, Cnidoscyphus Splettstosser, 1929, Dynamena Lamouroux, 1812, Geminella Billard, 1925, Hydrallmania Hincks, 1868, and Idiellana Cotton & Godfrey, 1942, are recorded. Many of the records are considerable range extensions or constitute new records for the Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia and Loyalty Islands regions. Additional species and genera will be treated in a second part. Noteworthy is the occurrence of the curious new genus Gonaxia with many new species from the New Caledonia area, producing its gonothecae in intimate contact with the axis and its secondary tubules. Remarkable also is the occurrence of two northern Atlantic shallow water hydroids, Hydrallmania falcata (Linnaeus, 1758) and Diphasia attenuata (Hincks, 1861), the latter to be fully described in the sequel to this report, from deep water of the New Caledonia region. In zoogeographic context, the present study reveals a considerable degree of endemism in the deeper water hydroid fauna of the seas bordering New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands, a phenomenon also observed amongst other groups of marine animals. Further zoogeographic comments will be postponed until a larger part of this highly interesting collection has been fully studied.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Delineating biogeographical regions can provide important insights into the processes shaping large‐scale species distribution patterns. Here we aimed to 1) identify global marine benthic biogeographical regions for ophiuroids extending from shallow waters to the deep sea and 2) quantify the importance of contemporary environmental conditions and geological features in shaping the delineated biogeographical regions. We delineated marine benthic biogeographical regions using a bipartite network analysis applied to a historical dataset of brittle stars. We then examined the faunal exchanges between the regions, and applied random forest models to evaluate the relative role of contemporary environmental conditions and tectonic configuration underlying the proposed biogeographic scheme. We propose ten main large biogeographical regions across the benthos. The biogeographical regions with the highest species richness and endemicity rates were found in the Indo‐Pacific region, Tropical West Atlantic and Southern Ocean, and South America. The key transition regions fall within the subarctic areas of the Pacific and the waters surrounding Southern Australia and New Zealand. Tectonic configuration, surface temperature and salinity were found to be the most important predictors of the ten delineated biogeographical regions. Our biogeographic delineation, including the deep sea, is in partial agreement with those proposed in previous studies. Our results suggest that contemporary environmental conditions (sea water temperature and salinity) strongly influence the modern distribution of ophiuroids, but that plate tectonics left a marked imprint on regional species pools. Future work based on multiple benthic taxa, and with a better understanding of the environmental conditions in the deep sea, are needed to evaluate the robustness of our proposed division.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, LAGON, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR, Walters Shoal

New records of Chilodontidae species described from various Pacific localities are listed, extending their distribution. 15 new species are described from New Caledonia, Fiji, French Polynesia, Solomon Islands and Taiwan, and compared with similar species: Vaceuchelus cavernoides n. sp., V. phaios n. sp., V. rapaensis n. sp., Herpetopoma pantantoi n. sp., H. vitilevuense n. sp., H. hivaoaense n. sp., Euchelus polysarkon n. sp., Ascetostoma pteroton n. sp., Clypeostoma chranos n. sp., C. adelon n. sp., Pholidotrope asteroeides n. sp., P. choiseulensis n. sp., Danilia stroggylon n. sp., Perrinia cantharidoides n. sp. and P. guadalcanalensis n. sp. Two new synonymies are established: Vaceuchelus saguili Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006 from the Philippines is synonymized with V. favosus (Melvill & Standen, 1896), and V. vangoethemi Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006 from the Philippines is synonymized with V. clathratus (A.Adams, 1853)

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, Restricted, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, RAPA 2002, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, Restricted, Restricted, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BIOPAPUA, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, KARUBAR, KAVALAN 2018, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MUSORSTOM 3, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, ZhongSha 2015

Based on specimens from the Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, the drilliid genera Splendrillia and Plagiostropha from New Caledonia are revised, and information on species of these genera from other areas is included. A total of 18 species of Splendrillia are examined. Fourteen species are described as new: one from the Philippines and thirteen from New Caledonia (of which two are also recorded from the Mozambique Channel and one from the Philippines). Splendrillia disjecta (Smith, 1888) described from the Persian Gulf, is recorded from the Philippines. Splendrillia persica (Smith, 1888), also described from the Persian Gulf is recorded from New Caledonia. Splendrillia solicitata (Sowerby, 1913) described from Japan is recorded from New Caledonia. Splendrillia praeclara (Melvill, 1893) described from Bombay, India, is recorded from both the Philippines and New Caledonia. Four new species of Plagiostropha are described: three from New Caledonia and one from Réunion Island.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The slipper lobster Chelarctus cultrifer (Ortmann, 1897), a putatively wide-spread Indo-West Pacific species, is well-known in Japan. However, recent collections from Taiwan and the Philippines, and comparisons with material from Indonesia and elsewhere revealed that there are actually two species confused under this name. The two species differ markedly in morphology and colour. On the basis of the lectotype designation of C. cultrifer by Holthuis (2002, from Indonesia), the material from Taiwan and Japan is shown to be actually undescribed and is named herein. Chelarctus cultrifer sensu stricto is restricted to the material from the more southern localities in the Philippines westwards to Iles Glorieuses. Genetic comparison of sequences of the barcoding gene, mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase subunit (COI), supported the species separation. The molecular data further suggested that two genetic forms are present within C. cultrifer sensu stricto, and therefore, the subspecific name C. cultrifer meridionalis (Holthuis, 1960) is resurrected.

BENTHEDI, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005

Recent French expeditions to the Philippines, New Caledonia and Makassar Strait (Indonesia) have resulted in a small collection of hyperiid amphipods representing 11 species. All are tropical or warm temperate species. Megalanceola stephenseni, a rare species, is represented by 8 specimens including some very large females and two males; only one male specimen has been recorded previously. Paratyphis promontorii is a new record for the south western Pacific.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

BATHUS 3, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 3